SCADAPack
Acronyms and Glossary
Version: 3.10.3
Date:
May 2022
Document Number: 250534
Table of Contents
1
Legal Information..........................................................................................................................4
2
Technical Support
..........................................................................................................................5
3
Safety Information
..........................................................................................................................6
4
About the Book ..........................................................................................................................9
5
Cybersecurity ..........................................................................................................................12
6
Acronyms
..........................................................................................................................14
7
Glossary
..........................................................................................................................19
2
Acronyms and Glossary
3.10.3
3
Legal Information
1
Acronyms and Glossary
Legal Information
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical
characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not
intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these
products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the
appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the
relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or
subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. If you
have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication,
please notify us.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, without express written permission of Schneider Electric.
All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and
using this product. For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented
system data, only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components.
This document contains standardized industry terms that some customers might find insensitive
or offensive. These terms do not reflect the official policy or position of Schneider Electric.
Trademarks
Schneider Electric, ClearSCADA, EcoStruxure, Modbus, RemoteConnect, SCADAPack,
Telepace, and Trio are trademarks and the property of Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries
and affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Address
Schneider Electric Systems USA
Process Automation, Remote Operations
38 Neponset Avenue, Foxboro, Massachusetts 02035 USA
Email: RemoteOperations@se.com
www.se.com
© 2022 Schneider Electric Systems USA Inc.
All rights reserved.
4
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
2
Technical Support
Technical Support
Questions and requests related to any part of this documentation can be directed to one of the
following support centers.
Technical support: Americas, Europe, Middle East, Asia
Available Monday to Friday 8:00 am – 6:30 pm Eastern Time
Check our
FAQs
Explore our extensive knowledge database and FAQ videos to
find answers quickly:
https://se.com/faq
Email us
Save time by emailing us your inquiry and an expert will contact
you:
supportTRSS@se.com
Send us an email anytime.
Call us
Need someone to provide some technical support?
· Toll free within North America: 1-888-226-6876
· Direct Worldwide: +1-613-591-1943
Technical support: Australia/New Zealand (Pacific)
Available Monday to Friday 8:00 am - 5:00 pm Australian Eastern Standard Time
Check our
FAQs
Explore our extensive knowledge database and FAQ videos to
find answers quickly:
https://se.com/faq
Email us
Save time by emailing us your inquiry and an expert will contact
you:
techsupport.pz@se.com
Send us an email anytime.
Call us
Need someone to provide some technical support?
· Inside Australia: 13 73 28 (13 SEAU)
· Inside New Zealand: 0800 652 999
3.10.3
5
Safety Information
3
Acronyms and Glossary
Safety Information
Important information
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with
the device before trying to install, operate, or maintain it. The following special
messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of
potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a
procedure.
The addition of this symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label indicates
that an electrical hazard exists, which will result in personal injury if the
instructions are not followed.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal
injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid
possible injury or death.
Please note
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified
personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out
of the use of this material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction, installation,
and operation of electrical equipment and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the
hazards involved.
6
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
Safety Information
Before you begin
Do not use this product on machinery lacking effective point-of-operation guarding. Lack of
effective point-of-operation guarding on a machine can result in serious injury to the operator of
that machine.
WARNING
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
· Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed.
· Before operational tests are performed, remove all blocks or other temporary holding means
used for shipment from all component devices.
· Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
Follow all start-up tests recommended in the equipment documentation. Store all equipment
documentation for future reference.
Test all software in both simulated and real environments.
Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and grounds, except those
grounds installed according to local regulations (according to the National Electrical Code in the
U.S.A, for instance). If high-potential voltage testing is necessary, follow recommendations in
equipment documentation to help prevent accidental equipment damage.
Operation and adjustments
The following precautions prevail:
· Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment or in the
selection and ratings of components, there are hazards that can be encountered if such
equipment is improperly operated.
· It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce unsatisfactory or
unsafe operation. Always use the manufacturer’s instructions as a guide for functional
adjustments. Personnel who have access to these adjustments should be familiar with the
equipment manufacturer’s instructions and the machinery used with the electrical equipment.
· Only those operational adjustments actually required by the operator should be accessible to
the operator. Access to other controls should be restricted to prevent unauthorized changes in
operating characteristics.
3.10.3
7
Safety Information
Acronyms and Glossary
Acceptable use
WARNING
UNACCEPTABLE USE
Do not use SCADAPacks or I/O modules as an integral part of a safety system. These
devices are not safety products.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements, the relevant
instructions must be followed.
Use only Schneider Electric software or approved software with Schneider Electric hardware
products.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in minor or moderate injury.
8
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
4
About the Book
About the Book
Audience
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The application of this product requires expertise in the design and programming of control
systems. Only persons with such expertise are allowed to program, install, alter, and apply
this product.
Follow all local and national safety codes and standards.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
This manual is written for people who need to install or update the SCADAPack x70
configuration environment for SCADAPack x70 devices. These individuals are typically:
· Systems Engineers
· Commissioning Engineers
· Maintenance Technicians
Document scope
This manual describes:
· The acronyms and glossary used in the SCADAPack x70 Documentation Set
Validity note
This document is valid for:
· SCADAPack x70 firmware version 9.7.3 and older
· SCADAPack RemoteConnect configuration software version 3.10.3 and older
· Security Administrator version 1.6.2
Related documents
Use this manual with the other manuals included in your SCADAPack x70 documentation set.
The table below describes the manuals available in the documentation set.
Folder
Manual
Content
Getting Started
Getting Started
· The SCADAPack x70 family of products
available in this release
· The basic steps to get your SCADAPack
3.10.3
9
About the Book
Acronyms and Glossary
x70 device operational
· Where to get more information about
configuring, monitoring and managing
your SCADAPack x70 device
SCADAPack
Software
Installation
SCADAPack Software
Installation
· Hardware and software requirements
· Installation procedures
· Accessing help
· Troubleshooting guidance
Hardware
Manuals
The hardware manual for
your SCADAPack x70
device
· Installation, wiring and addressing
information
· Diagnostics capabilities
· Maintenance recommendations
· Hardware specifications
Configuration
Manuals
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
Configuration Software
· Setting up and managing projects for your
PC Communication
Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
· Setting up communications between
SCADAPack x70
Configuration
· Configuring SCADAPack x70 device
Porting Guide for
SCADAPack E to
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Moving from SCADAPack E to
SCADAPack x70 device
SCADAPack RemoteConnect and your
SCADAPack x70 device
operation
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Locating SCADAPack E Configurator
features in SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Locating SCADAPack Workbench
features in SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Compatibility chart
Porting Guide for Telepace
to SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Moving from Telepace to SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Tutorial for creating a project
· Compatibility chart
Technical
Reference
Manuals
SCADAPack
Communication Interfaces
Technical Reference
· USB, serial and IP communications
· Mobile communications
· Dialup modem communications
10
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
About the Book
SCADAPack Operations
Technical Reference
· The SCADAPack x70 device file system
· Command line operations
· Diagnostics operations
· Telnet server operations
· FTP server operations
SCADAPack SCADA
Protocols Technical
Reference
· DNP3 protocol support
· Modbus protocol support
· IEC 60870-5-104 protocol support
Logic
Programming
Manuals
SCADAPack Logic
Programming Overview
· The differences between EcoStruxure
Control Expert (Unity Pro) and the
SCADAPack x70 Logic Editor
environment
· Key programming concepts
· Basic procedures needed to use the
SCADAPack x70 Logic Editor
Security
Administrator
Manuals
SCADAPack Function
Blocks Technical
Reference
· The custom SCADAPack x70 function
Using EFB Toolkit with
SCADAPack x70
· Using the Schneider Electric EFB Toolkit
SCADAPack Security
Administrator
· Configuring security on your SCADAPack
SCADAPack Security
Technical Reference
· Security standards
blocks that are available for developing
IEC 61131-3 applications
with SCADAPack x70 devices and
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
configuration software
x70 device
· Security overview
· DNP3 Secure Authentication
· Diagnostics
· Attack vectors and requirements
3.10.3
11
Cybersecurity
5
Acronyms and Glossary
Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity is a branch of network administration that addresses attacks on or by computer
systems and through computer networks that can result in accidental or intentional disruptions.
The objective of cybersecurity is to help provide increased levels of protection for information and
physical assets from theft, corruption, misuse, or accidents while maintaining access for
intended users.
No single cybersecurity approach is adequate. Schneider Electric recommends a defense-indepth approach. This approach layers the network with security features, appliances, and
processes. The basic components of this approach are:
· Risk assessment: A systematic security analysis of the environment and related systems.
· A security plan built on the results of the risk assessment
· A multi-phase training campaign
· Network separation and segmentation: Physical separation of the control network from other
networks, and the division of the control network itself into segments and security zones.
· System Access Control: Controlling access to the system with firewalls, authentication,
authorization, and other software means, and traditional physical security measures such as
video surveillance, fences, locked doors and gates, and locked equipment cabinets.
· Device hardening: The process of configuring a device against communication-based threats.
Device hardening measures include disabling unused network ports, password management,
access control, and the disabling of all unnecessary protocols and services.
· Network monitoring and maintenance: An effective defense-in-depth campaign requires
continual monitoring and system maintenance to meet the challenge of new threats as they
develop.
· See Security Considerations in the Security Technical Reference manual
Contact us
For more information, refer to the Schneider Electric Cybersecurity Support Portal at
http://www.se.com/b2b/en/support/cybersecurity/overview.jsp.
Additional Resources
Schneider Electric Recommended Cybersecurity Best Practices
https://www.se.com/ww/en/download/document/CS-Best-Practices-2019-340/
Industrial Control Systems Cyber Emergency Response Team (ICS-CERT)
https://ics-cert.us-cert.gov
ICS-CERT Recommended Practices
https://ics-cert.us-cert.gov/Recommended-Practices
Center for Internet Security (CIS) Top 20 Critical Security Controls
https://www.cisecurity.org/cybersecurity-best-practices
12
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
Cybersecurity
FBI Cyber Crime
https://www.fbi.gov/investigate/cyber
Guide to Industrial Control Systems (ICS) Security
https://www.nist.gov/publications/guide-industrial-control-systems-ics-security
WaterISAC Water Security Network
https://www.waterisac.org
3.10.3
13
Acronyms
6
Acronyms and Glossary
Acronyms
This section describes acronyms used throughout the SCADAPack x70 documentation.
14
ACCM
Asynchronous Control Character Map (PPP negotiated option)
ACFC
Address and Control Field Compression (PPP negotiated option)
ADC
Analog-to-digital conversion
AGA
American Gas Association
AH
Ampere Hour (Battery capacity rating)
AI
Analog Input
APDU
Application Protocol Data Unit (a message exchanged between devices
communicating using a protocol
APN
Access Point Name (name of a gateway between a GSM or GPRS network and
another computer network)
ARP
Address Resolution Protocol (TCP/IP Ethernet component)
ASDU
Application Service Data Unit (address)
ATDT
Attention Dial Tone (a command that initiates touch-tone dialing in Hayes and
Hayes-compatible modems)
ATEX
Atmosphères Explosibles (certification)
AWG
American Wire Gauge
BI
Binary Input (DNP3 protocol term)
BNC
Bayonet Neill-Concelman (physical connector type for 10Base-2 Thin-Ethernet
cabling)
BOOTP
Boot Protocol (TCP/IP) application layer remote boot services)
CAN bus
Controller Area Network bus
CASE
Computer Aided Software Engineering (tools suite)
CCITT
International standards organization now known as ITU-T
CHAP
Challenge Authentication Protocol (PPP security component)
CI
Counter (Pulse) Input
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check (error checking algorithm)
CRO
Cathode-ray Oscilloscope (Test instrument)
CROB
Control Relay Output Block (DNP3 control object)
CTS
Clear To Send (RS232 signal)
DAC
Digital to analog conversion
D/A
Digital to analog (converter)
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
3.10.3
Acronyms
DCD
Data Carrier Detect
DCE
Data Communication Equipment
DDT
Derived Data Type (SCADAPack x70 logic)
DFB
Derived Function Block (SCADAPack x70 logic)
DI
Digital Input
DIP
Dual In-line Package (switch)
DNP
Abbreviation for DNP3 protocol
DNP3
Distributed Network Protocol 3 (SCADA / RTU communication standard)
DNS
Domain Name Server
DO
Digital Output
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment
DTM
Device Type Manager
DTR
Data Terminal Ready
EDT
Elementary Data Type (SCADAPack x70 logic)
EF
Elementary Function (SCADAPack x70 logic)
EFB
Elementary Function Block (SCADAPack x70 logic)
EMC
Electromagnetic compatibility
ESD
Electrostatic Discharge
FB
Function Block (SCADAPack x70 logic)
FBD
Function Block Diagram (IEC 61131-3 programming language)
FDT
Field Device Technology
Flash
Electrically erasable programmable read only memory
FSK
Frequency Shift Keying (data modulation technique)
FSM
Finite State Machine (PPP component)
FTP
File Transfer Protocol (TCP/IP application layer file transfer)
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service (non-voice service used on a GSM mobile network)
GPS
Global Positioning System (satellite system used for time synchronization)
GSM
Global System for Mobile communication (wireless cellular technology). Hayes
modem devices often provide communication on these networks
HDLC
High-level Data Link Control (serial link layer protocol: PPP is based on this)
Hex
Hexadecimal (Base-16 numbers are followed by 'h' or preceded by ‘0x’)
HMI
Human-Machine Interface
15
Acronyms
16
Acronyms and Glossary
HSDPA
High Speed Downlink Packet Access (non-voice service used on a GSM mobile
network)
HTML
Hyper Text Markup Language (web page format supported by HTTP)
HTTP
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (TCP/IP application layer web protocol)
I/O
Inputs and Outputs
IAB
Internet Architecture Board
IC
Integrated Circuit
ICMP
Internet Control Message Protocol (TCP/IP data-link layer services)
IEC
International Electro-technical Committee (standards organization)
IEEE
Institution of Electrical & Electronics Engineers (standards organization)
IETF
Internet Engineering Task Force
IGMP
Internet Group Management Protocol (TCP/IP network layer services)
IIN
Internal Indication (DNP3 protocol flags that indicate internal states and diagnostic
results)
IL
Instruction List (IEC 61131-3 programming language)
IMC
Intermodule cable
IMSI
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (cellular communication device identifier)
IODDT
Input/Output Derived Data Type (SCADAPack x70 logic)
IP
Internet Protocol (TCP/IP network layer protocol)
IP2x
International Protection code (the number 2 defines the protection against ingress
of solid foreign objects and against access to hazardous parts; the x defines the
protection against the ingress of water
IPCP
Internet Protocol Control Protocol (TCP/IP network layer services)
ITU-T
International Telecommunications standards organization, formerly CCITT
LAN
Local Area Network (e.g. Ethernet)
LCP
Link Control Protocol (PPP component)
LD
Ladder Diagram (IEC 61131-3 programming language)
LLC
Link Layer Control (Ethernet MAC layer component)
MAC
Media Access Control (Ethernet communication layer)
MDI
Medium Dependent Interface
MODBUS
PLC communications protocol (de-facto standard)
MOSFET
Metal-oxide Semiconductor Field-effect Transistor
MOV
Metal-oxide Varistor
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
3.10.3
Acronyms
MRU
Maximum Receive Unit (PPP negotiated packet length option)
NV
Non Volatile (memory that retains its data when powered off)
PAD
Packet Assembler / Disassembler
PAP
Password Authentication Protocol (PPP security component)
PC
Personal Computer
PCB
Printed Circuit Board
PCP
Progressive Cavity Pump
PELV
Protective Extra Low Voltage
PFC
Protocol Field Compression (PPP negotiated option)
PING
ICMP echo utility for determining TCP/IP device functioning
PLC
Programmable Logic Controller
POP3
Post Office Protocol (TCP/IP application layer E-mail receiver client)
PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol (TCP/IP serial data-link layer protocol)
PSTN
Public Switched Telephone Network. Hayes modem devices often provide
communication on these networks
PTT
Press To Talk (Radio)
RAM
Random Access Memory
RARP
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (IP - Ethernet address resolution)
RFC
Request For Comments (TCP/IP standards documents)
RoC
Rate of Change (analog signal processing)
RoF
Rate of Fall (analog signal processing)
RO
Relay Output
ROM
Read Only Memory
RoR
Rate of Rise (analog signal processing)
rPAC
remote Programmable Automation Controller (telemetry device)
RPC
Rod Pump Controller
RTS
Ready To Send (RS232 signal)
RTU
Remote Terminal Unit (telemetry device)
RX
Receive (digital message)
RXD
Received Data
SCADA
Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition
SELV
Safety Extra Low Voltage
17
Acronyms
Acronyms and Glossary
SFC
Sequential Function Chart (IEC 61131-3 programming language)
SLA
Sealed Lead Acid (Gel Cell) Battery
SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (TCP/IP application layer E-mail sender client)
SNAP
Sub-Network-Access-Protocol (Ethernet MAC layer LLC fields)
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol (TCP/IP application layer protocol)
SOE
Sequence of Event
SPDT
Single Pole Double Throw (change-over relay contact)
SPM
Smart Power Manager (SCADAPack x70 module)
SSR
Solid State Relays
ST
Structured Text (IEC 61131-3 programming language)
TC
Telemetry Computer (DNP3 protocol Controlling Station host)
TCP
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP/IP transport layer protocol)
TCP/IP
18
Acronym typically referring to the entire Internet Protocol suite
TFTP
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TCP/IP appl. layer file transfer for BOOTP)
Telnet
Virtual terminal protocol (TCP/IP application layer virtual terminal)
TTL
Time To Live (IP packet life-time)
TVS
Transient-voltage-suppression (diode)
TX
Transmit (digital message)
TXD
Transmit Data
UDP
User Datagram Protocol (TCP/IP transport layer protocol)
UPS
Uninterruptible Power Supply
UTC
Universal Coordinated Time (international time standard)
UTP
Unshielded Twisted Pair (10Base-T Physical layer Ethernet cabling)
WAN
Wide Area Network
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
7
Glossary
Glossary
This section describes terms used throughout the SCADAPack x70 documentation.
A B C D E
19
19
20
20
22
H
F
G
22
22
J K
I
23
23
M
L
23
NO P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
24
24
25
25
26
23
A
Aggressive Mode
A security configuration, set in the Security Administrator application,
enabling a DNP3 Secure Authentication feature of the same name. It
allows challenge data to be appended to a critical request message
without having to go through the full challenge / response exchange, as
shown in the following picture. It is a more efficient short-form method of
providing authentication information in critical transactions.
Analog
A variable quantity represented numerically
Applications level
The programming environment in which the users applications programs
are running (IEC 61131-3 and vendor specific programming environment).
Applications program An ordered set of instructions prepared by the user which may be loaded
into the SCADAPack x70 device and, once initialized, will continuously
execute or as triggered by other applications programs or events.
Authentication
A challenge and reply exchange between two devices that provides them
both with confidence that the other device is who it claims to be.
Authority
An independent entity holding and providing security credentials. The
SCADAPack Security Administrator application is an example of a
simple authority.
B
3.10.3
Binary
A quantity with two discrete states: ON (1) or OFF (0). This term is often
used in conjunction with DNP3 communication protocol objects. See
also Boolean 19 , Digital 21 .
Boolean
A quantity with two discrete states: TRUE or FALSE. See also Binary 19
, Digital 21 .
19
Glossary
Acronyms and Glossary
Bootloader
Software contained in Flash memory executed at start-up (boot) time for
the purposes of verifying, loading or modifying the main operating system
firmware.
C
Challenger
A device attempting to authenticate 19 that a partner device is who it
claims to be. See also Responder 25 .
Client
General term for a device that connects to a hierarchically higher level
device for services. The higher level device is usually called by the
general term Server.
Client device
A device with a communication link to one or more other devices, that
typically is silent on the communication link except when it answers a
specific request from another device.
Collision avoidance
Techniques for transmitting messages so that devices won't attempt to
access the same communications resource at the same time.
CommDTM
A software component that contains the communication device-specific
data, functions and logic elements (for gateways, remote I/Os, couplers,
etc.)
Common Key
A cryptographic key value that is used among multiple entities to allow
inter-operation, for example, a key for a group of rPACs.
Controlling Station
The computer or computer systems that form the primary point of contact
for communication to and from an individual SCADAPack x70 device.
Current value
Associated with a point indicating the current value or state of the point.
The current value of some points is read-only, and may be non-volatile.
The current value is neither a point attribute nor a point property.
D
Daylight saving time Also known as daylight savings time (abbreviated (DST)) and summer
time, is the practice of advancing clocks ahead one hour in the spring
and adjusting clocks back one hour in autumn to standard time.
20
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
Glossary
Debouncing
A functionality that allows only one digital signal change to be registered
within a set time (typically milliseconds).
Default Key
Pre-assigned key or key mode (typically a factory set key 23 ) allowing
devices to communicate "out-of-the-box". For good security, keys that
are different from the default key should be used. In SCADAPack, it
refers to the security configuration mode for SCADAPack
RemoteConnect configuration software keys (Common Key 20 , Unique
Key 26 )
Derived function
block (DFB)
An IEC 61131-3 function block created by the user through the
programming software, using one of these supported languages:
Structured Text, Instruction List, Function Block Diagram, Ladder
Diagram.
Device DNP3
address
The address the SCADAPack uses to communicate with other devices in
the network, when using DNP3 protocol.
Device DTM
A software component that contains the field device-specific data,
functions and logic elements.
Device Type Manager A software component that contains field device-specific (Device DTM 21
(DTM)
) or communications device-specific (CommDTM 20 ) data, functions and
logic elements.
3.10.3
Digital
A quantity with two discrete states: ON or OFF. This term is often used
in conjunction with physical input and output states. See also Binary 19 ,
Boolean 19 .
DIN rail
A metal rail of a standard type used for mounting industrial control
equipment.
DNP3 Controlling
Station Host
The device in a SCADA network that most remote devices report to. It
typically initiates the majority of communication transactions in a
network. In DNP3 Secure Authentication, the DNP3 Controlling Station
(Host) natively supports the Secure Authentication objects that are used
to establish security with remote devices.
DNP3 Secure
Authentication
Components of the DNP3 protocol that add data integrity and user and
device authentication for critical operations.
21
Glossary
Acronyms and Glossary
E
Elementary function An IEC 61131-3 function included with the Standard Library, or in the
(EF)
Custom Library for the SCADAPack x70 devices. Advanced users may
create their own EF using 'C' code with the Schneider Electric Unity EFB
Toolkit.
Elementary function An IEC 61131-3 function block included with the Standard Library, or in
block (EFB)
the Custom Library for the SCADAPack x70 devices. Advanced users
may create their own EFB using 'C' code with the Schneider Electric
Unity EFB Toolkit.
Exclusive logic
control mode
An operating mode for a SCADAPack x70 object where only the logic
application can write to the object. Any attempts by other SCADAPack
x70 services or protocols to write to the object are not accepted and
generate a status code.
F
FAST task
An optional, periodic logic task that executes high-priority, logic sections
defined by the user through the programming software.
Firmware
Boot monitor software and operating system software stored in flash
memory.
Fragment
DNP3 protocol application layer data unit. Maximum 2048 bytes.
Frame
DNP3 protocol link layer data unit. Maximum 292 bytes.
Function block
An element of the programming language software that specifies a
defined set of functionality. Also see Elementary function 22 , Elementary
function block 22 and Derived function block 21 definitions.
G
Gain potentiometer
22
User-adjustable component for calibrating the analog outputs on a 5304
analog output module.
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
Glossary
I
Intelligent Electronic A programmed or programmable electronic instrument or controller having
Device (IED)
a communications interface, and not a Controlling Station or a PC.
Intermodule cable
A ribbon cable that distributes power and communications signals from
the SCADAPack to the I/O modules.
Internet protocol
Communication protocols and applications from the TCP/IP suite, used in
Internet and Intranet local area and wide area communication
architectures.
IP address
A unique number (within a system) that identifies the network location of
a computer or other intelligent device.
K
Key
In DNP3 Secure Authentication this is also known as the Update Key
and encodes dynamic ses sion keys for authenticating devices. The Key
is the common secret held by a pair of interacting devices used for
obscuring data before transmission and retrieving data from obscured
data stream.
L
Local diagnostic
terminal
A laptop or portable computer that is connected directly to the
SCADAPack x70 device and is capable of executing applications
supplied by Schneider Electric to display and modify device parameters
and user applications.
Local time
Seasonally adjusted current time for the geographic location’s time zone.
M
3.10.3
Main rPAC
A SCADAPack x70 device when it is connected to a SCADAPack ES
Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) that is being used to expand the I/O
capacity on the SCADAPack. In this configuration, the controller
capabilities in the SCADAPack ES RTU are not used.
MAST task
The master logic task that executes logic sections defined by the user
through the programming software.
Modbus
A communication protocol operating on a serial or network connection,
used with programmable logic controllers (PLCs), instruments or other
23
Glossary
Acronyms and Glossary
electronic devices.
Multidrop connection A single communication line that connects the Controlling Station device
with multiple Outstations.
O
Offset potentiometer User-adjustable component for calibrating the analog outputs on a 5304
analog output module.
Operating system
firmware
Software contained in Flash memory on the SCADAPack x70 device that
controls every device facility except the boot monitor 20 .
P
24
Pass phrase
In SCADAPack Security Administrator, the user enters this phrase to
generate the system key 26 for a system.
Peer
A like device, possibly to who direct communications may be
established.
Physical I/O
Internal representation of electrical terminations on a SCADAPack x70
device or input output (I/O) module.
Pluggable terminal
block
Screw-termination style connector for wiring.
Point
An entity of DNP3 data within a SCADAPack x70 device corresponding
to a physical quantity.
Point index
DNP3 point address of a point in the database.
Power input priority
Assigning of power usage to the main power supply exclusively until the
power exceeds the over-voltage or under-voltage range, at which point a
switch-over to the back-up power supply is triggered.
Protocol
Communication description shared by multiple devices permitting
interchange of information.
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
Glossary
R
Relay output
A non-polarized digital output that can typically switch either AC or DC
current.
remote
Programmable
Automation
Controller (rPAC)
A smart telemetry and control device that can help to remotely monitor
and control physical objects. For example, in a water management
environment, the rPAC can be used to monitor and control the valves on
flow-monitoring devices at pumping stations.
Responder
A device sending authentication 19 information to a partner device in
reply, to prove it is who it claims to be. See also Challenger 20 .
S
Security
Administrator
The SCADAPack application used by the person responsible for security
administration in a network. This application is a type of security
Authority 19 that retains and provides security configuration files for the
rest of the system. It should be operated by corporate level security
administration personnel.
Security (Update)
key
DNP3 Secure Authentication terminology for the secret key 23 known to
devices that communicate with each other.
Session key
A dynamic key generated from the Security (update) key used in
authentication challenges and responses. The dynamic key changes
regularly to help protect against attackers that attempt to guess the
security key value by capturing transmitted data.
Sequence
An ordered set of instructions prepared by the user which may be loaded
into the SCADAPack x70 device and, once initialized, will continuously
execute or as triggered by other applications programs or events (same
as applications program).
Shared control mode An operating mode for SCADAPack x70 objects where SCADAPack x70
logic, other SCADAPack x70 services or protocols, such as DNP3,
Modbus or IEC 60870-5, can write to the same object data value and that
change is visible to the logic variable.
Standard Time
3.10.3
Non-seasonally adjusted current time for the geographic location’s time
zone.
25
Glossary
Acronyms and Glossary
Status object
A database object that indicates the health of the I/O module.
Summer Time
Standard Time + 1 hour, when the device is notified during gazetted
summer months.
System key
The SCADAPack master key customizes the SCADAPack security
configuration file generated by the SCADAPack Security Administrator
application. The master key is loaded into SCADAPack rPACs that are
to operate on a given customer network, or portion of a customer
network.
System objects
Internal data managed by operating system software.
U
26
Unique Key
The SCADAPack security mode requiring that configuration software
nodes be individually secured (optional).
User
Any person responsible for the installation, programming, operation or
maintenance of SCADAPack x70 devices.
UTC Time
International standard time, not adjusted for local time zone or summer
time.
3.10.3
Acronyms and Glossary
3.10.3
Glossary
27
SCADAPack
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Version: 3.10.3
Date:
May 2022
Document Number: 250522
Table of Contents
1
Legal Information..........................................................................................................................5
2
Technical Support
..........................................................................................................................6
3
Safety Information
..........................................................................................................................7
4
About the Book..........................................................................................................................10
5
Cybersecurity ..........................................................................................................................13
6
About the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
..........................................................................................................................15
CommDTM
7
Accessing PC Communication Settings
Functionality ..........................................................................................................................17
7.1
Accessing
..................................................................................................................................17
Offline Functionality
7.2
Accessing
..................................................................................................................................19
Online Functionality
7.3
Using the
..................................................................................................................................20
Context Menu
7.4
Using the
..................................................................................................................................22
Network View Toolbar
7.5
Basic Configuration
..................................................................................................................................23
and Advanced Configuration
7.6
Understanding
..................................................................................................................................25
Configuration Status
8
Logging in to the
SCADAPack x70 Device
..........................................................................................................................27
9
Configuring Communication
Parameters
..........................................................................................................................28
9.1
9.2
Basic Configuration
..................................................................................................................................29
9.1.1
................................................................................................................30
PC Communication
Type
9.1.2
................................................................................................................31
DNP3 USB Communication
Settings
9.1.3
DNP3 Serial................................................................................................................33
Communication Settings
9.1.4
................................................................................................................37
Dialup Modem
Settings
9.1.5
................................................................................................................37
DNP3/TCP Communication
Settings
9.1.6
................................................................................................................39
DNP3/UDP Communication
Settings
9.1.7
Modbus/TCP................................................................................................................40
USB Communication Settings
9.1.8
Modbus RTU................................................................................................................43
Communication Settings
9.1.9
Modbus/TCP................................................................................................................46
Communication Settings
DNP3 ..................................................................................................................................48
Advanced Configuration
9.2.1
2
................................................................................................................50
USB Communication
Settings
9.3
10
9.2.2
................................................................................................................50
DNP3 Data Link
Layer Settings
9.2.3
................................................................................................................52
DNP3 Application
Layer Settings
9.2.4
................................................................................................................53
DNP3 Diagnostics
Settings
9.2.5
................................................................................................................54
TCP Communication
Settings
9.2.6
................................................................................................................55
UDP Communication
Settings
Modbus
..................................................................................................................................55
Advanced Configuration
Configuring Security
..........................................................................................................................58
10.1
Security
..................................................................................................................................59
Settings
11
Viewing Communication
Statistics
..........................................................................................................................61
12
Viewing Diagnostics
..........................................................................................................................62
13
Adding and Removing
DTMs
..........................................................................................................................64
3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
4
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
1
Legal Information
Legal Information
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical
characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not
intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these
products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the
appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the
relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or
subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. If you
have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication,
please notify us.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, without express written permission of Schneider Electric.
All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and
using this product. For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented
system data, only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components.
This document contains standardized industry terms that some customers might find insensitive
or offensive. These terms do not reflect the official policy or position of Schneider Electric.
Trademarks
Schneider Electric, ClearSCADA, EcoStruxure, Modbus, RemoteConnect, SCADAPack,
Telepace, and Trio are trademarks and the property of Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries
and affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Address
Schneider Electric Systems USA
Process Automation, Remote Operations
38 Neponset Avenue, Foxboro, Massachusetts 02035 USA
Email: RemoteOperations@se.com
www.se.com
© 2016 - 2022 Schneider Electric Systems USA Inc.
All rights reserved.
3.10.3
5
Technical Support
2
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Technical Support
Questions and requests related to any part of this documentation can be directed to one of the
following support centers.
Technical support: Americas, Europe, Middle East, Asia
Available Monday to Friday 8:00 am – 6:30 pm Eastern Time
Check our
FAQs
Explore our extensive knowledge database and FAQ videos to
find answers quickly:
https://se.com/faq
Email us
Save time by emailing us your inquiry and an expert will contact
you:
supportTRSS@se.com
Send us an email anytime.
Call us
Need someone to provide some technical support?
· Toll free within North America: 1-888-226-6876
· Direct Worldwide: +1-613-591-1943
Technical support: Australia/New Zealand (Pacific)
Available Monday to Friday 8:00 am - 5:00 pm Australian Eastern Standard Time
Check our
FAQs
Explore our extensive knowledge database and FAQ videos to
find answers quickly:
https://se.com/faq
Email us
Save time by emailing us your inquiry and an expert will contact
you:
techsupport.pz@se.com
Send us an email anytime.
Call us
Need someone to provide some technical support?
· Inside Australia: 13 73 28 (13 SEAU)
· Inside New Zealand: 0800 652 999
6
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
3
Safety Information
Safety Information
Important information
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with
the device before trying to install, operate, or maintain it. The following special
messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of
potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a
procedure.
The addition of this symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label indicates
that an electrical hazard exists, which will result in personal injury if the
instructions are not followed.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal
injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid
possible injury or death.
Please note
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified
personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out
of the use of this material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction, installation,
and operation of electrical equipment and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the
hazards involved.
3.10.3
7
Safety Information
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Before you begin
Do not use this product on machinery lacking effective point-of-operation guarding. Lack of
effective point-of-operation guarding on a machine can result in serious injury to the operator of
that machine.
WARNING
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
· Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed.
· Before operational tests are performed, remove all blocks or other temporary holding means
used for shipment from all component devices.
· Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
Follow all start-up tests recommended in the equipment documentation. Store all equipment
documentation for future reference.
Test all software in both simulated and real environments.
Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and grounds, except those
grounds installed according to local regulations (according to the National Electrical Code in the
U.S.A, for instance). If high-potential voltage testing is necessary, follow recommendations in
equipment documentation to help prevent accidental equipment damage.
Operation and adjustments
The following precautions prevail:
· Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment or in the
selection and ratings of components, there are hazards that can be encountered if such
equipment is improperly operated.
· It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce unsatisfactory or
unsafe operation. Always use the manufacturer’s instructions as a guide for functional
adjustments. Personnel who have access to these adjustments should be familiar with the
equipment manufacturer’s instructions and the machinery used with the electrical equipment.
· Only those operational adjustments actually required by the operator should be accessible to
the operator. Access to other controls should be restricted to prevent unauthorized changes in
operating characteristics.
8
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Safety Information
Acceptable use
WARNING
UNACCEPTABLE USE
Do not use SCADAPacks or I/O modules as an integral part of a safety system. These
devices are not safety products.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements, the relevant
instructions must be followed.
Use only Schneider Electric software or approved software with Schneider Electric hardware
products.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in minor or moderate injury.
3.10.3
9
About the Book
4
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
About the Book
Audience
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The application of this product requires expertise in the design and programming of control
systems. Only persons with such expertise are allowed to program, install, alter, and apply
this product.
Follow all local and national safety codes and standards.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
This manual is written for people who need to configure SCADAPack x70 hardware to
communicate with the SCADAPack RemoteConnect configuration software. These individuals
are typically:
· Systems Engineers
· Commissioning Engineers
· Maintenance Technicians
Document scope
This manual describes:
· Changing the parameters that define how the computer running SCADAPack RemoteConnect
communicates with the SCADAPack x70 device
· Configuring security settings
· Viewing online information from the device
Validity note
This document is valid for:
· SCADAPack x70 firmware version 9.7.3 and older
· SCADAPack RemoteConnect configuration software version 3.10.3 and older
Related documents
Use this manual with the other manuals included in your SCADAPack x70 documentation set.
The table below describes the manuals available in the documentation set.
Folder
10
Manual
Content
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Getting Started
Getting Started
About the Book
· The SCADAPack x70 family of products
available in this release
· The basic steps to get your SCADAPack
x70 device operational
· Where to get more information about
configuring, monitoring and managing
your SCADAPack x70 device
SCADAPack
Software
Installation
SCADAPack Software
Installation
· Hardware and software requirements
· Installation procedures
· Accessing help
· Troubleshooting guidance
Hardware
Manuals
The hardware manual for
your SCADAPack x70
device
· Installation, wiring and addressing
information
· Diagnostics capabilities
· Maintenance recommendations
· Hardware specifications
Configuration
Manuals
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
Configuration Software
· Setting up and managing projects for your
PC Communication
Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
· Setting up communications between
SCADAPack x70
Configuration
· Configuring SCADAPack x70 device
Porting Guide for
SCADAPack E to
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Moving from SCADAPack E to
SCADAPack x70 device
SCADAPack RemoteConnect and your
SCADAPack x70 device
operation
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Locating SCADAPack E Configurator
features in SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Locating SCADAPack Workbench
features in SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Compatibility chart
Porting Guide for Telepace
to SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Moving from Telepace to SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Tutorial for creating a project
· Compatibility chart
Technical
3.10.3
SCADAPack
· USB, serial and IP communications
11
About the Book
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Reference
Manuals
Communication Interfaces
Technical Reference
· Mobile communications
SCADAPack Operations
Technical Reference
· The SCADAPack x70 device file system
· Dialup modem communications
· Command line operations
· Diagnostics operations
· Telnet server operations
· FTP server operations
SCADAPack SCADA
Protocols Technical
Reference
· DNP3 protocol support
· Modbus protocol support
· IEC 60870-5-104 protocol support
Logic
Programming
Manuals
SCADAPack Logic
Programming Overview
· The differences between EcoStruxure
Control Expert (Unity Pro) and the
SCADAPack x70 Logic Editor
environment
· Key programming concepts
· Basic procedures needed to use the
SCADAPack x70 Logic Editor
Security
Administrator
Manuals
SCADAPack Function
Blocks Technical
Reference
· The custom SCADAPack x70 function
Using EFB Toolkit with
SCADAPack x70
· Using the Schneider Electric EFB Toolkit
SCADAPack Security
Administrator
· Configuring security on your SCADAPack
SCADAPack Security
Technical Reference
· Security standards
blocks that are available for developing
IEC 61131-3 applications
with SCADAPack x70 devices and
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
configuration software
x70 device
· Security overview
· DNP3 Secure Authentication
· Diagnostics
· Attack vectors and requirements
12
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
5
Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity is a branch of network administration that addresses attacks on or by computer
systems and through computer networks that can result in accidental or intentional disruptions.
The objective of cybersecurity is to help provide increased levels of protection for information and
physical assets from theft, corruption, misuse, or accidents while maintaining access for
intended users.
No single cybersecurity approach is adequate. Schneider Electric recommends a defense-indepth approach. This approach layers the network with security features, appliances, and
processes. The basic components of this approach are:
· Risk assessment: A systematic security analysis of the environment and related systems.
· A security plan built on the results of the risk assessment
· A multi-phase training campaign
· Network separation and segmentation: Physical separation of the control network from other
networks, and the division of the control network itself into segments and security zones.
· System Access Control: Controlling access to the system with firewalls, authentication,
authorization, and other software means, and traditional physical security measures such as
video surveillance, fences, locked doors and gates, and locked equipment cabinets.
· Device hardening: The process of configuring a device against communication-based threats.
Device hardening measures include disabling unused network ports, password management,
access control, and the disabling of all unnecessary protocols and services.
· Network monitoring and maintenance: An effective defense-in-depth campaign requires
continual monitoring and system maintenance to meet the challenge of new threats as they
develop.
· See Security Considerations in the Security Technical Reference manual
Contact us
For more information, refer to the Schneider Electric Cybersecurity Support Portal at
http://www.se.com/b2b/en/support/cybersecurity/overview.jsp.
Additional Resources
Schneider Electric Recommended Cybersecurity Best Practices
https://www.se.com/ww/en/download/document/CS-Best-Practices-2019-340/
Industrial Control Systems Cyber Emergency Response Team (ICS-CERT)
https://ics-cert.us-cert.gov
ICS-CERT Recommended Practices
https://ics-cert.us-cert.gov/Recommended-Practices
Center for Internet Security (CIS) Top 20 Critical Security Controls
https://www.cisecurity.org/cybersecurity-best-practices
3.10.3
13
Cybersecurity
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
FBI Cyber Crime
https://www.fbi.gov/investigate/cyber
Guide to Industrial Control Systems (ICS) Security
https://www.nist.gov/publications/guide-industrial-control-systems-ics-security
WaterISAC Water Security Network
https://www.waterisac.org
14
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
6
About the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
About the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
The PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM provides a graphical user interface
that lets you:
· Change the parameters that define how the computer running SCADAPack RemoteConnect
communicates with the SCADAPack x70 device.
· If you are using DNP3 Secure Authentication and the Security Administrator, specify the
security file and manage the RemoteConnect key .
· View statistics and diagnostic messages for communication between SCADAPack
RemoteConnect and the SCADAPack x70 device.
The PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM is one of two components included,
by default, in a SCADAPack RemoteConnect project when a new project is created. This
component is an FDT 2.1 communication DTM. It appears in the catalog as PC Communication
Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM.
The other component is the SCADAPack x70 Controller Settings -DeviceDTM , also referred to
as the SCADAPack x70 configuration software. Use the SCADAPack x70 configuration software
to configure device operations, to view status and diagnostics information for the device, and to
access the SCADAPack x70 Logic Editor. For details, see the SCADAPack x70 Configuration
manual.
Working offline and online
Like the SCADAPack x70 configuration software, the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM operates in 2 modes:
· Offline: You can define the communication parameters that the computer running
SCADAPack RemoteConnect uses to communicate with the SCADAPack x70 device, and
you can enable secure authentication.
· Online: You can communicate directly with the SCADAPack x70 device to view status and
diagnostic information, and to apply parameter settings that were defined in offline mode. The
device needs to be communicating with SCADAPack RemoteConnect to operate in online
mode.
SCADAPack RemoteConnect displays the software component names in bold when you are
operating in online mode.
For information about accessing offline and online functionality, see:
· Accessing Offline Functionality 17
· Accessing Online Functionality 19
3.10.3
15
About the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Language support
The user interface for the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM can be
displayed in English or in French. For details, see Changing the User Interface Language in the
SCADAPack RemoteConnect Configuration Software manual.
Using the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM in external
FDT frame applications
The PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM is not designed to be used in
external third-party FDT 2.1 frame applications, and will not operate as a communications
interface for other devices.
While the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM adheres to the requirements of
the FDT 2.1 standard for Device Type Managers (DTM), the PC Communication Settings SCADAPack CommDTM relies on the SCADAPack RemoteConnect framework to provide
additional services required for SCADAPack x70 device configuration.
16
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
7
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
Every task in this manual is accessed through the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM that was added when you created the SCADAPack x70 project for the device.
There are 4 ways to access functionality in the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM:
· Using the offline parameters 17
· Using the online parameters 19
· Using the context menu 20
· Using the Network View toolbar 22
The tasks you can perform depend on whether the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM is offline or online. Each mode provides a set of parameters and a context menu that
give you access to the available functions.
Some PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM functions can be accessed using
either the context menu or the Network View toolbar. In these cases, the procedures in this
manual provide only the context menu item.
For additional information about accessing PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM functionality, see:
· Basic Configuration and Advanced Configuration 23
7.1
Accessing Offline Functionality
When the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM is offline, you are not
communicating with the SCADAPack x70 device. In this mode, you can:
· Open the offline parameters 18 to change the communication settings between SCADAPack
RemoteConnect and the SCADAPack x70 device and to enable secure authentication. You
can open the offline parameters when the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM is offline or online.
· Use the context menu 19 to access additional offline functionality.
To take the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM offline
· Under My Network, right-click on PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM and
select Go Offline.
3.10.3
17
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
The PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM name is displayed in plain text
when it is offline. The name is displayed in bold and the status bar at the bottom of
SCADAPack RemoteConnect displays the word Connected when it is online.
To open the offline parameters
· Under My Network, right-click on PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM and
select Configuration.
The offline parameters are displayed, as shown below. For information about accessing basic
and advanced configuration parameters, see Basic Configuration and Advanced
Configuration 23 .
Use the offline parameters to perform the following tasks:
· Configuring Communication Parameters 28
18
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
· Configuring Security 58
To access offline functionality in the context menu
· Under My Network, right-click on PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM and
select the required function:
· Logging in to the SCADAPack x70 Device 27
7.2
Accessing Online Functionality
When the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM is online, you are
communicating directly with the SCADAPack x70 device. In online mode, you can:
· Open the online parameters 19 to view request and response counts and diagnostics
messages from the SCADAPack x70 device.
· Use the context menu 20 to access additional online functionality.
To take the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM online
· Under My Network, right-click on PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM and
select Go Online.
The PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM name is displayed in italics when
it is going online with the SCADAPack x70 device. The name is displayed in bold and the
status bar at the bottom of SCADAPack RemoteConnect displays the word Connected when
it is online. When you take the SCADAPack x70 configuration software online, the PC
Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM automatically goes online as well.
To open the online parameters
· Under My Network, right-click on PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM and
select Online Diagnostics.
The online parameters are displayed, as shown below.
3.10.3
19
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Use the online parameters to perform the following tasks:
· Viewing Communication Statistics 61
· Viewing Diagnostics 62
To access online functionality in the context menu
· Under My Network, right-click on PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM and
select the required function.
7.3
Using the Context Menu
The tasks you can perform from the context menu depend on whether the PC Communication
Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM is offline or online. Functions that do not apply to the current
mode, or that are not supported, are greyed out in the context menu.
For information about accessing offline and online functionality, see:
· Accessing Offline Functionality 17
· Accessing Online Functionality 19
To access context menu functions
· Under My Network, right-click on PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM and
select the required function.
Context Menu Item
20
Available In
Function
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Add
Offline mode
Online mode
Update Tag Name
Offline mode
Online mode
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
Adds the SCADAPack x70 configuration
software to the network as a child of the
PC Communication Settings SCADAPack CommDTM
Updates the tag at the end of the fixed
DTM name
Copy (Export)
Not supported by the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Paste (Import)
Not supported by the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Remove
Offline mode
Online mode
Removes the PC Communication
Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM and
the SCADAPack x70 configuration
software from the network
Offline and online parameters need to be
closed before you can remove the PC
Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM and the SCADAPack x70
configuration software from the network
Go Online
Offline mode
Takes the PC Communication Settings SCADAPack CommDTM online so it is
communicating with the SCADAPack
x70 device
If you take the SCADAPack x70
configuration software online, the PC
Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM automatically goes online
3.10.3
Go Offline
Online mode
Takes the PC Communication Settings SCADAPack CommDTM offline so it is
no longer communicating with the
SCADAPack x70 device
Configure
Not supported by the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Online Diagnostics
Online mode
Compare
Not supported by the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Opens the PC Communication Settings SCADAPack CommDTM online
parameters user interface
21
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuration
Offline mode
Observe
Not supported by the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Additional Functions >
User Login Setting
Offline mode
Read from Device
Not supported by the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Write to Device
Not supported by the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Channel Functions
Not supported by the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Scan
Not supported by the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
Create PDF Report
Offline mode
Online mode
Online mode
Opens the offline parameters user
interface for the selected DTM
Lets you log in to the SCADAPack x70
device when the Security Administrator
Users Mode parameter is set to
Individual users can be configured and
authenticated by the Controllers
Lists the parameter settings configured
in the PC Communication Settings SCADAPack CommDTM in a PDF
document
The default location for the report is C:
\ProgramData\Schneider
Electric\RemoteConnect\Reports
7.4
Using the Network View Toolbar
The Network View toolbar provides access to a subset of the functionality available in the
context menu. Toolbar items are greyed out when they do not apply to the current mode. For
example, the figure below shows the Network View toolbar items that are available in offline
mode. This toolbar is displayed after you create a project.
The icons are described in the table below.
Icon
22
Name
Function
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
DTM Context Menu
When a component is selected, this icon opens a subset of
the menu that is displayed when you right-click the
component itself.
Go Online
Takes the selected software component online.
Go Offline
Takes the selected software component offline.
Read from Device
Reads the configuration and logic application from the device.
For details, see Reading the Configuration and Logic
Application from the Device in the SCADAPack x70
Configuration manual.
Write to Device
Writes the configuration to the device.
For details, see Writing the Configuration and Logic
Application to the Device in the SCADAPack x70
Configuration manual.
7.5
Basic Configuration and Advanced Configuration
The configuration parameters in the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM are
grouped in 2 categories:
· Basic Configuration parameters are displayed on each page by default. These parameters are
the ones that you most likely want to change.
· Advanced Configuration parameters are not displayed by default and are provided only where
required. These parameters typically only need to be changed to meet unique requirements,
such as networks with higher latency or frequent power interruptions, or remote devices with
particular communication requirements.
Viewing and hiding configuration parameters
Click the Show
and Hide
buttons to display and hide configuration parameters.
The first figure below shows the default view with Basic Configuration parameters displayed and
Advanced Configuration parameters hidden. In the second figure, both the Basic Configuration
parameters and the Advanced Configuration parameters are displayed.
3.10.3
23
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
24
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
7.6
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
Understanding Configuration Status
The PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM uses the icons described below to
indicate the status of the configuration.
Icon
Description
Meaning
Pen
The configuration has been modified and is valid, but has not
been applied.
Click Apply on the page displaying the Pen icon to accept
the updated configuration in the current project.
3.10.3
25
Accessing PC Communication Settings Functionality
Red exclamation
mark
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
The configuration is invalid.
The Apply button is not available until you correct every
invalid configuration setting on the page or in the table.
Hold the mouse over the icon for guidance about valid
settings.
Red box
The tab or page includes an item with an invalid
configuration.
Navigate through the hierarchy until you see an item with a
red exclamation mark.
26
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
8
Logging in to the SCADAPack x70 Device
Logging in to the SCADAPack x70 Device
This function is available if the PC Communication Type 30 is set for DNP3. Use this in
conjunction with DNP3 Secure Authentication.
This function is not available if the PC Communication Type 30 is set for Modbus.
If you are using Security Administrator in your network and the Security Administrator Users
Mode parameter is set to Individual users can be configured and authenticated by the
Controllers, you need to log in to the SCADAPack x70 device to communicate with it.
If you are not using Security Administrator, or if you are using Security Administrator and the
Users Mode parameter is set to No authentication provided by the Controllers, you do not
need to log in to the SCADAPack x70 device to communicate with it.
To log in to the SCADAPack x70 device
1. Under My Network, right-click on PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
and select Additional Functions > User Login Setting.
2. Enter the Username and Password provided by your security administration personnel, then
click OK.
3.10.3
27
Configuring Communication Parameters
9
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
Communication between the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM and the
SCADAPack x70 device is initially set up when you create a new project for the SCADAPack
x70 device. Follow the procedure below if you need to change the type of communication used,
or if you need to customize communication settings, for example to accommodate network
latency.
WARNING
COMMUNICATION LOSS
Applying invalid communication parameters can lead to loss of communication between
SCADAPack RemoteConnect and your SCADAPack x70 device. A site visit may be required
to re-establish communication.
Before changing communication parameters, verify that the new settings are valid for this
device and valid in your network.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
To change the communication used between SCADAPack RemoteConnect
and the SCADAPack x70 device
1. Open the offline parameters for the
CommDTM. 17
17 PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
2. On the Communications tab, select the PC Connection Type 30 .
3. Configure the Basic Configuration parameters for the selected Connection Type:
· DNP3 USB Communication Settings 31
· DNP3 Serial Communication Settings 33
· Dialup Modem Settings 37
· DNP3/TCP Communication Settings 37
· DNP3/UDP Communication Settings 39
· Modbus/TCP USB Communication Settings 40
· Modbus RTU Communication Settings 43
· Modbus/TCP Communication Settings 46
4. If required, choose one of the following:
· Show the DNP3 Advanced Configuration 48 settings and configure them:
o USB Communication Settings 50
o DNP3 Data Link Layer Settings 50
28
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
o DNP3 Application Layer Settings 52
o DNP3 Diagnostics Settings 53
o TCP Communication Settings 54
o UDP Communication Settings 55
· Show the Modbus Advanced Configuration 55 settings and configure them.
5. Click Apply.
9.1
Basic Configuration
Use the Basic Configuration parameters to change the connection type and to change basic
communication settings such as the baud rate for the connection or the IP address of the
SCADAPack x70 device. The figure below shows the Basic Configuration parameters that are
displayed by default. The parameters displayed change based on the PC Communication
Type 30 .
· PC Communication Type 30
· DNP3 USB Communication Settings 31
3.10.3
29
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
· DNP3 Serial Communication Settings 33
· Dialup Modem Settings 37
· DNP3/TCP Communication Settings 37
· DNP3/UDP Communication Settings 39
· Modbus/TCP USB Communication Settings 40
· Modbus RTU Communication Settings 43
· Modbus/TCP Communication Settings 46
9.1.1
PC Communication Type
The table below describes the basic PC Communication Type parameter.
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Setting Description
PC
Communication
Type
Specifies the protocol that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses to communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
DNP3
USB 31
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses the DNP3 protocol over a
USB connection to
communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
The parameters that follow
depend on the communication
type selected.
You can connect 1
SCADAPack x70 device to
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
using USB.
DNP3
Serial 33
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses the DNP3 protocol over a
serial connection to
communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
DNP3/TC
P 37
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses the DNP3 protocol over a
TCP connection to
communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
DNP3/UD SCADAPack RemoteConnect
P 39
uses the DNP3 protocol over a
UDP connection to
communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
Modbus/
TCP
USB 40
30
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses the Modbus protocol over
a USB connection to
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
You can connect 1
SCADAPack x70 device to
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
using USB.
9.1.2
Modbus
RTU 43
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses the Modbus protocol over
a serial connection to
communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
Modbus/
TCP 46
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses the Modbus protocol over
a TCP connection to
communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device
DNP3 USB Communication Settings
The table below describes the basic DNP3 USB Communication Settings.
Only a single SCADAPack x70 device can be connected to the SCADAPack RemoteConnect
computer at a time. You cannot connect a USB hub, or other types of USB devices to the
SCADAPack x70 device.
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Connect to a
Remote
Routed Device
To connect to a remote routed
device, select this checkbox and
enter a DNP3 address of the remote
routed device in the Target DNP3
Address field.
Checked
A corresponding DNP3 route needs
to be added to the DNP3\Routing
Table that will route the PC DNP3
address (default 32000) to the Target
DNP3 Address.
Setting Description
When checked,
RemoteConnect
Unchecked
communications are
directed to the Target
DNP3 Address using a
routing entry in the
SCADAPack x70
device's DNP3 Routing
Table.
When unchecked,
RemoteConnect
communications are
directed to the
connected device.
Default: Unchecked
Target DNP3
Address
3.10.3
The DNP3 address of the
SCADAPack x70 device that
0 to 65519
Default: 0
31
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
SCADAPack RemoteConnect will
communicate with.
Local IP
Address
The IP address for the USB port on
the computer running the
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
configuration software.
This read-only IP address is the
computer’s USB connection
address, automatically assigned
when you connect a SCADAPack
x70 device to the computer. It
enables the USB port on the
computer to provide similar
capabilities to an Ethernet port, such
as communication with the
SCADAPack x70 device using
SCADAPack RemoteConnect.
Default: 10.2.3.1
Remote IP
Address
The IP address of the USB Device
port on the device that SCADAPack
RemoteConnect will communicate
with.
This read-only IP address is the
SCADAPack x70 device’s USB
connection address. It enables the
USB Device port on the
SCADAPack x70 device to provide
capabilities that are similar to an
Ethernet port, such as
communication with SCADAPack
RemoteConnect.
For details about the USB Device
port, see the Configuring USB
Communication topic in the
SCADAPack x70 Configuration
manual.
Default: 10.2.3.4
Send Periodic
Connection
Check
Message
When enabled, sends a status
check message at an interval
configured by Connection Check
Period. You may want to disable this
parameter to help minimize data
costs.
Default: Enabled
Connection
Check Period
When Send Periodic Connection
Check Message is enabled, a
message is sent every Connection
Check Period.
10 to 65535 seconds (s)
Default: 10 s
Sends a status check to a
connected targeted device to
determine if the device is connected.
If the device is disconnected, the
status displays Disturbed in the
32
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
bottom bar in SCADAPack
RemoteConnect and in the Control
Actions section on the Status tab.
If a periodic check determines that
the connection is Disturbed or if
SCADAPack RemoteConnect is
offline, the periodic check needs to
be re-established. Ensure that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect is
Connected and that communication
is established. You can establish
communication several ways. For
example:
· Read the status of the device
· Write the configuration to the
device
USB
Connection
Established
with
9.1.3
The serial number for the
SCADAPack x70 device.
If no USB is connected, USB not
connected is displayed.
This read-only information is provided
by the SCADAPack x70 device once
you are connected to it.
DNP3 Serial Communication Settings
NOTICE
COMMUNICATION LOSS
COM port settings may change unexpectedly when:
· COM ports are added to or removed from the PC that the project is on
· A project is moved from one PC to another
Check the COM port settings to ensure that you can still communicate with the SCADAPack.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in unexpected communication issues.
The table below describes the basic DNP3 Serial Communication Settings.
If you are configuring the SCADAPack x70 device for the first time, or if you have performed a
Cold Boot or Factory Boot, use the default parameters listed below.
If you are configuring a SCADAPack 47x device for the first time, or if you have performed a Cold
Boot or Factory Boot, the SCADAPack 47x does not have a default DNP3 serial port. Use DNP3
USB or Ethernet communications as an alternative, or select a Modbus communications type for
a serial connection.
3.10.3
33
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
If you are configuring a SCADAPack 57x device for the first time, or if you have performed a Cold
Boot or Factory Boot, use the default parameters listed below and connect Serial1 to the
SCADAPack RemoteConnect computer.
· Target DNP3 Address: 0
· COM Port set to a serial port on the SCADAPack RemoteConnect computer
· Baud Rate: 9600
· Stop Bits: 1
· Parity: None
· Ignore CTS: Checked
· Use Dialup Modem: Unchecked
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Setting Description
Target DNP3
Address
The DNP3 address of the
SCADAPack x70 device that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
will communicate with.
0 to
65519
Default: 0
COM Port
The serial port that the
computer running
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses to communicate with
the SCADAPack x70 device.
USB serial-to-RS232 adapters are included
in the COM Port list as a standard serial
port. When using an external adapter:
· Check that any drivers associated with
an external adapter are installed prior to
starting SCADAPack RemoteConnect.
· Check whether you need to change the
Data Link Confirm Mode parameter from
its default setting of Never. Some
external adapters might require this
confirmation. The Data Link Confirm
Mode parameter is in the Advanced
Configuration section.
· Check whether you need to change the
Transmit Data Link Frame Size
parameter from its default setting of 292
bytes. Some external devices, such as
radios, might require a smaller packet
size. The Transmit Data Link Frame
Size parameter is in the Advanced
Configuration section.
Baud Rate
The data rate for the
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
COM port.
Up to
115200
Select the baud rate that
matches the rate used at the
other end of the connection.
Default: 9600
34
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Stop Bits
Parity
Ignore CTS
Configuring Communication Parameters
The number of stop bits
included with data sent from
the COM port.
1
The stop bits at each end of
the connection need to
match.
2
Sends 2 stop bits.
The type of parity checking
that is included with the
data.
None
No parity bit is sent.
The parity at each end of the
connection needs to match.
Odd
Sends one parity bit to check
that the total number of ones
equals an odd number.
Even
Sends one parity bit to check
that the total number of ones
equals an even number.
Determines whether
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses the Clear to Send (CTS)
line on the serial port to
determine if it is connected to
a remote device.
This method of determining
the connection status is
needed for devices such as
leased-line modems.
Sends 1 stop bit.
Default: 1
Default: None
When checked, SCADAPack
RemoteConnect ignores the state of the
CTS line.
When unchecked, SCADAPack
RemoteConnect uses the state of the CTS
line to determine whether the serial port
can be disconnected.
Default: Checked
If the cable connecting the
computer running
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
to the SCADAPack x70
device does not have the CTS
line connected, SCADAPack
RemoteConnect is not aware
that a connection is
established.
Use Dialup
Modem
3.10.3
Determines whether
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
uses a modem connection to
communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
When checked, SCADAPack
RemoteConnect uses a modem connection
to communicate with the SCADAPack x70
device.
When unchecked, SCADAPack
RemoteConnect uses a serial connection
to communicate with the SCADAPack x70
device.
35
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
The modem connection uses the
communication settings defined in the
Dialup Modem Settings topic.
Default: Unchecked
Send Periodic
Connection
Check
Message
When enabled, sends a
status check message at an
interval configured by
Connection Check Period.
You may want to disable this
parameter to help minimize
data costs.
Default: Enabled
Connection
Check Period
When Send Periodic
Connection Check Message
is enabled, a message is
sent every Connection Check
Period.
10 to 65535 seconds (s)
Default: 30 s
Sends a status check to a
connected targeted device to
determine if the device is
connected. If the device is
disconnected, the status
displays Disturbed in the
bottom bar in SCADAPack
RemoteConnect and in the
Control Actions section on
the Status tab.
If a periodic check determines
that the connection is
Disturbed or if SCADAPack
RemoteConnect is offline, the
periodic check needs to be
re-established. Ensure that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
is Connected and that
communication is
established. You can
establish communication
several ways. For example:
· Read the status of the
device
· Write the configuration to
the device
36
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
9.1.4
Configuring Communication Parameters
Dialup Modem Settings
The table below describes the basic Dialup Modem Settings.
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Setting
Description
Modem Init
String
The Hayes commands that a local
modem needs to communicate with
dial-up DNP3 devices.
ATE0Q0V0&D
2S0=1
The default string
is sufficient in
most situations.
Phone
Number
The phone number of the remote DNP3
device that SCADAPack
RemoteConnect will call from a local
modem.
A numerical string including the
area code.
Dial Type
Determines the type of dialing the
modem uses.
Tone Dialing
Default
Pulse Dialing
Dial Attempts
The number of times the computer
1 to 10
running SCADAPack RemoteConnect
attempts to connect with the
SCADAPack x70 device before stopping
attempts.
Default: 3
Connect
Time
The interval the computer running
SCADAPack RemoteConnect waits for
a local modem to connect with the
SCADAPack x70 device once the
number has been dialed.
6 to 300
seconds (s)
Default: 60 s
When the connect time is exceeded,
the modem is disconnected.
9.1.5
Pause Time
The interval the computer running
SCADAPack RemoteConnect waits
before attempting to reconnect with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
6 to 300
seconds (s)
Default: 60 s
Inactivity
Time
The number of minutes the computer
running SCADAPack RemoteConnect
waits to disconnect the modem when
there has not been any communication
with the SCADAPack x70 device.
1 to 30
minutes (min)
Default: 15 min
DNP3/TCP Communication Settings
The table below describes the basic DNP3/TCP Communication Settings.
3.10.3
37
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Use TCP communication from SCADAPack RemoteConnect to the SCADAPack x70 device
when using remote TCP/IP network communication technologies, such as Ethernet data radios,
cellular IP networks or other IP network infrastructures that can be unreliable.
If you are configuring the SCADAPack x70 device for the first time, or if you have performed a
Cold Boot or Factory Boot, use the default parameters listed below and connect Eth1 to a
computer network interface that is on the same subnet (mask 255.255.255.0).
· Target DNP3 Address: 0
· IP Address: 172.16.1.200 for Ethernet 1
For a direct Ethernet connection to the SCADAPack RemoteConnect computer, you will likely
need to change the network adapter settings on the computer. Contact your IT department for
information about the IPv4 address and subnet mask you need to use for a direct Ethernet
connection.
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Setting Description
Target DNP3
Address
The DNP3 address of the
SCADAPack x70 device that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
will communicate with.
0 to
65519
Default: 0
IP Address or
Hostname
The IP address or DNS
hostname of the SCADAPack
x70 device that SCADAPack
RemoteConnect will
communicate with.
Standard IP address format
Send Periodic
Connection
Check
Message
When enabled, sends a
status check message at an
interval configured by
Connection Check Period.
You may want to disable this
parameter to help minimize
data costs.
Default: Enabled
Connection
Check Period
When Send Periodic
Connection Check Message
is enabled, a message is
sent every Connection Check
Period.
10 to 65535 seconds (s)
DNS hostname format: www.example.com
Default: 20 s
Sends a status check to a
connected targeted device to
determine if the device is
connected. If the device is
disconnected, the status
displays Disturbed in the
bottom bar in SCADAPack
RemoteConnect and in the
38
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
Control Actions section on
the Status tab.
If a periodic check
determines that the
connection is Disturbed or if
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
is offline, the periodic check
needs to be re-established.
Ensure that SCADAPack
RemoteConnect is
Connected and that
communication is
established. You can
establish communication
several ways. For example:
· Read the status of the
device
· Write the configuration to
the device
9.1.6
DNP3/UDP Communication Settings
Use DNP3/UDP communication from SCADAPack RemoteConnect to the SCADAPack x70
device when using local TCP/IP network communication such as a local area Ethernet
connection between SCADAPack RemoteConnect and the SCADAPack x70 device. You can
also use UDP to minimize network traffic compared to TCP.
The following table describes the basic DNP3/UDP Communication Settings.
3.10.3
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Setting Description
Target DNP3
Address
The DNP3 address of the
SCADAPack x70 device that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect will
communicate with.
0 to 65519
Default: 0
IP Address or
Hostname
The IP address or DNS hostname of
the SCADAPack x70 device that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect will
communicate with.
Standard IP address format
Send Periodic
Connection
Check
Message
When enabled, sends a status
check message at an interval
configured by Connection Check
Period. You may want to disable this
parameter to help minimize data
costs.
Default: Enabled
DNS hostname format:
www.example.com
39
Configuring Communication Parameters
Connection
Check Period
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
When Send Periodic Connection
Check Message is enabled, a
message is sent every Connection
Check Period.
10 to 65535 seconds (s)
Default: 20 s
Sends a status check to a
connected targeted device to
determine if the device is connected.
If the device is disconnected, the
status displays Disturbed in the
bottom bar in SCADAPack
RemoteConnect and in the Control
Actions section on the Status tab.
If a periodic check determines that
the connection is Disturbed or if
SCADAPack RemoteConnect is
offline, the periodic check needs to
be re-established. Ensure that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect is
Connected and that communication
is established. You can establish
communication several ways. For
example:
· Read the status of the device
· Write the configuration to the
device
9.1.7
Modbus/TCP USB Communication Settings
The table below describes the basic Modbus/TCP USB Communication Settings.
Only a single SCADAPack x70 device can be connected to the SCADAPack RemoteConnect
computer at a time. You cannot connect a USB hub, or other types of USB devices to the
SCADAPack x70 device.
USB Communication Settings
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Setting Description
Connect to a
Remote
Routed Device
To connect to a remote routed
device, select this checkbox and
enter a Modbus address of the
remote routed device in the Unit
Identifier field.
Checked
When checked,
RemoteConnect
communications are
directed to the Unit
Identifier using a Store
and Forward entry in
the Modbus Store and
Forward Table.
A corresponding Modbus route
needs to be added to the Modbus
40
Unchecked
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
Store and Forward Table that
forward PC requests to the Target
Modbus Address.
When unchecked,
RemoteConnect
communications are
directed to the
connected device.
Default: Unchecked
Addressing
Select the addressing mode for the
Modbus protocol.
· Standard
Determines the maximum number
of stations that the RTU can work
with.
o Range:
1...255
For addressing mode information,
see: the Configuring Standard and
Extended Addressing topic in the
SCADAPack x70 Configuration
manual.
Unit Identifier
Enter the Unit Identifier for the
SCADAPack x70 device
(default)
Available when
Connect to a Remote
Routed Device is
selected.
· Extended
o Range:
1...65534
· Minimum: 1
· Maximum
with
Standard
addressing:
255
Available when
Connect to a Remote
Routed Device is
selected.
· Maximum
with
Extended
addressing:
65534
Local IP
Address
The IP address for the USB port on
the computer running the
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
configuration software.
This read-only IP address is the
computer’s USB connection address,
automatically assigned when you
connect a SCADAPack x70 device to
the computer. It enables the USB port
on the computer to provide similar
capabilities to an Ethernet port, such
as communication with the
SCADAPack x70 device using
SCADAPack RemoteConnect.
Default: 10.2.3.1
Remote IP
Address
3.10.3
The IP address of the USB Device
port on the device that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect will
communicate with.
This read-only IP address is the
SCADAPack x70 device’s USB
connection address. It enables the
USB Device port on the SCADAPack
x70 device to provide capabilities that
are similar to an Ethernet port, such as
41
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
communication with SCADAPack
RemoteConnect.
For details about the USB Device port,
see the Configuring USB
Communication topic in the
SCADAPack x70 Configuration manual.
Default: 10.2.3.4
Send Periodic
Connection
Check
Message
When enabled, sends a status
check message at an interval
configured by Connection Check
Period. You may want to disable
this parameter to help minimize
data costs.
Default: Enabled
Connection
Check Period
When Send Periodic Connection
Check Message is enabled, a
message is sent every Connection
Check Period.
10...65535 seconds (s)
Default: 10 s
Sends a status check to a
connected targeted device to
determine if the device is
connected. If the device is
disconnected, the status displays
Disturbed in the bottom bar in
SCADAPack RemoteConnect and
in the Control Actions section on
the Status tab.
If a periodic check determines that
the connection is Disturbed or if
SCADAPack RemoteConnect is
offline, the periodic check needs to
be re-established. Ensure that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect is
Connected and that
communication is established. You
can establish communication
several ways. For example:
· Read the status of the device
· Write the configuration to the
device
USB
Connection
Established
with
42
The serial number for the
SCADAPack x70 device.
If no USB is connected, USB not
connected is displayed.
This read-only information is provided
by the SCADAPack x70 device once
you are connected to it.
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
9.1.8
Configuring Communication Parameters
Modbus RTU Communication Settings
NOTICE
COMMUNICATION LOSS
COM port settings may change unexpectedly when:
· COM ports are added to or removed from the PC that the project is on
· A project is moved from one PC to another
Check the COM port settings to ensure that you can still communicate with the SCADAPack.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in unexpected communication issues.
The table below describes the basic Modbus RTU Communication Settings for serial
communication.
If you are configuring the SCADAPack x70 device for the first time, or if you have performed a
Cold Boot or Factory Boot, use the default parameters listed below. If you are using a
SCADAPack 57x, connect Serial2 to the SCADAPack RemoteConnect computer. If you are
using a SCADAPack 47x, connect Serial3 to the SCADAPack RemoteConnect computer.
· Station Address: 1
· Addressing: Standard
· COM Port set to a serial port on the SCADAPack RemoteConnect computer
· Baud Rate: 9600
· Stop Bits: 1
· Parity: None
· Serial Connection Type: Direct Connection
Serial Communication Settings
3.10.3
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Addressing
Select the addressing mode · Standard (default)
for the Modbus protocol.
o Range: 1...255
Determines the maximum
· Extended
number of stations that the
o Range:
RTU can work with.
1...65534
For addressing mode
information, see: the
Configuring Standard and
Extended Addressing topic
in the SCADAPack x70
Configuration manual.
Setting Description
43
Configuring Communication Parameters
Station
Address
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Enter the station address
for the SCADAPack x70
device
· Minimum: 1
· Maximum with
Standard
addressing: 255
· Maximum with
Extended
addressing:
65534
COM Port
The serial port that the
computer running
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect uses to
communicate with the
SCADAPack x70 device.
USB serial-to-RS232 adapters are included in
the COM Port list as a standard serial port.
When using an external adapter:
· Check that any drivers associated with an
external adapter are installed prior to
starting SCADAPack RemoteConnect.
· Check whether you need to change the
Advanced Configuration\Timeout or
Attempts settings from their default values.
Some external adapters might require
different values.
· Check whether you need to change the
Advanced Configuration\ Message Size
setting. Some external devices, such as
radios, might require a smaller packet size.
Baud Rate
The data rate for the
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect COM port.
Up to 115200
Select the baud rate
that matches the rate
used at the other end of
the connection.
Default: 9600
Stop Bits
Parity
44
The number of stop bits
included with data sent from
the COM port.
1
Sends 1 stop bit.
The stop bits at each end of
the connection need to
match.
2
Sends 2 stop bits.
The type of parity checking
that is included with the
data.
None
No parity bit is sent.
The parity at each end of
the connection needs to
match.
Odd
Default: 1
Default: None
Sends one parity bit to
check that the total
number of ones equals
an odd number.
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Serial
Connection
Type
Configuring Communication Parameters
Even
Sends one parity bit to
check that the total
number of ones equals
an even number.
· Direct (default)
Use Direct where the
serial port does not
require the use of
hardware control lines to
communicate.
· Use CTS Delay
Time
· Use Hardware
Control Lines
Use CTS Delay Time if
the device cannot
generate a CTS signal.
Transmission begins
automatically after the
specified delay time.
Use Hardware Control
Lines to specify a halfduplex connection that
uses a Request to Sent
(RTS) and Clear to Send
(CTS) hardware control
lines to control the flow
of data.
Send Periodic
Connection
Check
Message
When enabled, sends a
status check message at
an interval configured by
Connection Check Period.
You may want to disable
this parameter to help
minimize data costs.
Default: Enabled
Connection
Check Period
When Send Periodic
Connection Check
Message is enabled, a
message is sent every
Connection Check Period.
10 to 65535 seconds (s)
Default: 30 s
Sends a status check to a
connected targeted device
to determine if the device is
connected. If the device is
disconnected, the status
displays Disturbed in the
bottom bar in SCADAPack
RemoteConnect and in the
Control Actions section on
the Status tab.
3.10.3
45
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
If a periodic check
determines that the
connection is Disturbed or if
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect is offline,
the periodic check needs to
be re-established. Ensure
that SCADAPack
RemoteConnect is
Connected and that
communication is
established. You can
establish communication
several ways. For example:
· Read the status of the
device
· Write the configuration to
the device
Flow Control Settings
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
CTS Delay
Time
Determines the period (in
milliseconds) after which the
transmission begins.
· Minimum: 0 (default)
Available only when Serial
Connection Type is set to
Use CTS Delay Time.
RTS Hold Time
9.1.9
Setting Description
· Maximum: The value of the Timeout
parameter. Note that the Timeout
parameter is entered in seconds and the
CTS Delay Time is in milliseconds.
· Minimum: 0 (default)
Holds the RTS line for a
specified duration after
· Maximum: The value of the Timeout
transmitting the last character
parameter. Note that the Timeout
of a message. This is useful
parameter is entered in seconds and the
for devices that immediately
CTS Delay Time is in milliseconds.
end the transmission as soon
as RTS is turned off.
Modbus/TCP Communication Settings
The table below describes the basic Modbus/TCP Communication Settings.
If you are configuring the SCADAPack x70 device for the first time, or if you have performed a
Cold Boot or Factory Boot, use the default parameters listed below and connect Eth1 to a
computer network interface that is on the same subnet (mask 255.255.255.0).
· Modbus Unit Identifier: 1
46
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
· IP Address: 172.16.1.200 for Ethernet 1
For a direct Ethernet connection to the SCADAPack RemoteConnect computer, you will likely
need to change the network adapter settings on the computer. Contact your IT department for
information about the IPv4 address and subnet mask you need to use for a direct Ethernet
connection.
TCP Communication Settings
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Addressing
Select the addressing mode for the
Modbus protocol.
· Standard (default)
Determines the maximum number of
stations that the RTU can work with.
· Extended
For addressing mode information, see:
the Configuring Standard and
Extended Addressing topic in the
SCADAPack x70 Configuration
manual.
Unit Identifier
Enter the Unit Identifier for the
SCADAPack x70 device
o Range: 1...255
o Range: 1...65534
· Minimum: 1
· Maximum with Standard
addressing: 255
· Maximum with Extended
addressing: 65534
IP Address or
Hostname
The IP address or DNS hostname of
the SCADAPack x70 device that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect will
communicate with.
Standard IP address format
Send Periodic
Connection
Check
Message
When enabled, sends a status check
message at an interval configured by
Connection Check Period. You may
want to disable this parameter to help
minimize data costs.
Default: Enabled
Connection
Check Period
When Send Periodic Connection
Check Message is enabled, a
message is sent every Connection
Check Period.
10 to 65535 seconds (s)
DNS hostname format:
www.example.com
Default: 20 s
Sends a status check to a connected
targeted device to determine if the
device is connected. If the device is
disconnected, the status displays
3.10.3
47
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Disturbed in the bottom bar in
SCADAPack RemoteConnect and in
the Control Actions section on the
Status tab.
If a periodic check determines that the
connection is Disturbed or if
SCADAPack RemoteConnect is
offline, the periodic check needs to be
re-established. Ensure that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect is
Connected and that communication is
established. You can establish
communication several ways. For
example:
· Read the status of the device
· Write the configuration to the device
9.2
DNP3 Advanced Configuration
Use the Advanced Configuration parameters to customize communication settings, for example
to accommodate network latency between SCADAPack RemoteConnect and the SCADAPack
x70 device. The figure below shows the Advanced Configuration parameters for USB
communication. The parameters displayed change based on DNP3 Communication Type 30 .
48
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
3.10.3
Configuring Communication Parameters
49
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
· USB Communication Settings 50
· TCP Communication Settings 54
· UDP Communication Settings 55
· DNP3 Data Link Layer Settings 50
· DNP3 Application Layer Settings 52
· DNP3 Diagnostics Settings 53
9.2.1
USB Communication Settings
The following table describes the advanced USB Communication Settings.
Parameter Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Port
The TCP port number on the SCADAPack x70
device with which SCADAPack RemoteConnect
communicates using USB.
Default: 20000
This number should only be changed if the
SCADAPack x70 device is configured with a nondefault port number for DNP3. For more
information, see the description for the Default
DNP3 Port parameter in the Application Layer
Setup topic in the SCADAPack x70 Configuration
manual.
9.2.2
DNP3 Data Link Layer Settings
The following table describes the advanced DNP3 Data Link Layer Settings.
Paramete
r Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Setting Description
Local
DNP3
Address
The DNP3 address of
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect.
0 to 65519
You may need to change this address
if another DNP3 device in the network
is already using it. Changing this
number does not require changes to
the SCADAPack x70 device
configuration.
Default: 32000
Data Link
Confirm
Mode
50
Specifies whether
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect requires
the SCADAPack x70
device to acknowledge
Never
SCADAPack RemoteConnect never
requests a confirmation message
when it sends DNP3 frames to the
SCADAPack x70 device.
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
data link layer frames
when it sends DNP3
requests.
Select Never when every message is
single-frame, or when using a robust
communication medium, such as a
local serial connection between two
devices. This mode provides the
highest efficiency and the highest
throughput of the three options.
This option is typically adequate
unless network communications are
congested or unreliable, or if you are
using certain external USB serial
converters on your computer.
Default setting
Sometime
s
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
requests a confirmation message only
when it sends larger, multi-frame
DNP3 messages to the SCADAPack
x70 device. This mode improves data
delivery because individual frames can
be resent rather than entire multi-frame
messages.
Select Sometimes if SCADAPack
RemoteConnect is sending a range of
message sizes on potentially
congested or unreliable links.
Always
SCADAPack RemoteConnect always
requests a confirmation message
when it sends DNP3 frames to the
SCADAPack x70 device.
Select Always to improve
communications delivery on unreliable
links.
Data Link
Timeout
The amount of time
1 to 1440
SCADAPack
seconds
RemoteConnect waits for
(s)
a data link layer
confirmation message
from the SCADAPack x70
device when one has been
requested.
Default: 5 s
If a confirmation message
is not received within this
time, the frame is either
retransmitted, or
discarded.
3.10.3
51
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Set this parameter only
when the Data Link
Confirm Mode is set to
Sometimes or Always.
Data Link
Retries
The number of times
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect resends
a data link layer frame if a
confirmation message
was requested but has
not been received.
0 to 10
Default: 2 retries
14 to 292
bytes
You may need to reduce the default
size to suit a physical communication
device, such as a radio modem.
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect resends
frames when the Data
Link Timeout elapses,
but it has not yet received
a confirmation message. If
the number of retries is
exceeded, the frame is
considered to be
undeliverable and
transmission of the entire
DNP3 message is
aborted.
This setting applies only
when the Data Link
Confirm Mode parameter
is set to Sometimes or
Always.
Transmit
Data Link
Frame
Size
9.2.3
The maximum size of a
single DNP3 data link
layer frame sent from the
computer running
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect.
Default: 292 bytes
DNP3 Application Layer Settings
The following table describes the advanced DNP3 Application Layer Settings.
52
Paramete
r Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Setting Description
Maximum
Transmit
Specifies the size of the
application layer packet.
Serial, Ethernet,
and USB ports: 100
to 2048 bytes
You may need to
reduce the default size
to improve
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
Fragment
Size
communications on
unreliable remote links.
Default: 2048 bytes
Application
Layer
Timeout
The amount of time
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
waits for application layer
responses from the
SCADAPack x70 device.
1 to 1440 seconds
(s)
You may need to
increase the default
time to improve
reliability on slow
communication links
such as those using
radio or cellular
services.
Default: 10 s
Application
Layer
Attempts
Security
Response
Timeout
9.2.4
The number of times
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
retries application layer requests
if no application layer response
is received from the
SCADAPack x70 device within
the Application Layer Timeout.
1 to 10
The amount of time
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
waits for responses to DNP3
secure authentication
messages. This parameter
applies only if DNP3 secure
authentication is enabled.
1000 to 3600000
milliseconds (ms)
You may need to
increase the default
setting to improve
communications on
unreliable remote links.
Default: 1 attempt
Default: 2000 ms
DNP3 Diagnostics Settings
The following table describes the advanced DNP3 Diagnostics Settings. Click the
corresponding checkbox to include the described information in the DNP3 diagnostics 62 that
are displayed in the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM online parameters
when you read from the device in the SCADAPack x70 online parameters.
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
User Level
Displays information, such as response times and response status codes, for
SCADAPack RemoteConnect requests to a SCADAPack x70 device and the
processing of responses from the device.
Default
Application
3.10.3
Displays DNP3 application layer fragment information, such as first and final
fragments, application layer confirmation requirements, application layer
53
Configuring Communication Parameters
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
sequence number and device Internal Indications (IINs).
Use this information to determine which request messages are being sent from
SCADAPack RemoteConnect to a SCADAPack x70 device and which
response messages are being received by SCADAPack RemoteConnect from
a device.
Default
Link
Displays DNP3 link layer frames that include information about items such as
link layer confirmation requirements and link layer retries.
Use this information for low-level troubleshooting of DNP3 communications.
Comms
Driver
Displays messages generated by low-level communications drivers, such as
the RS232, modem, USB and TCP/IP drivers, in SCADAPack RemoteConnect.
Static Data
Displays object headers and static point data values received from the
SCADAPack x70 device.
Transport
Displays DNP3 transport layer segment information such as first and final
frames and the transport sequence number.
Use this information to determine the grouping of frames that belong to a
common DNP3 fragment.
Bytes
Adds the number of bytes used in DNP3 link layer frames to diagnostics
messages.
Only enable this filter when you specifically require byte information as it adds
a large amount of diagnostic information for each DNP3 frame.
Timestamp
Adds a timestamp from the PC clock in UTC format to DNP3 diagnostics
messages.
Use this filter for low-level debugging of DNP3 communication timing when
using SCADAPack RemoteConnect.
9.2.5
TCP Communication Settings
The following table describes the advanced TCP Communication Settings.
Parameter Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Port
The TCP port number on the SCADAPack
x70 device with which SCADAPack
RemoteConnect communicates.
Default: 20000
This number should only be changed if the
SCADAPack x70 device is configured with
a non-default port number for DNP3. For
more information, see the description for
54
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
the Default DNP3 Port parameter in the
Application Layer Setup topic in the
SCADAPack x70 Configuration manual.
9.2.6
UDP Communication Settings
The following table describes the advanced UDP Communication Settings.
Parameter Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Port
The UDP port number on the SCADAPack
x70 device with which SCADAPack
RemoteConnect communicates.
Default: 20000
This number should only be changed if the
SCADAPack x70 device is configured with a
non-default port number for DNP3. For more
information, see the description for the Default
DNP3 Port parameter in the Application Layer
Setup topic in the SCADAPack x70
Configuration manual.
Local port
The port number on the computer that
SCADAPack RemoteConnect uses when
communicating with the SCADAPack x70
device.
Default: 20001
You may need to change this number if other
applications on the computer use this port
number. Changing this number does not
require changes to the SCADAPack x70
device configuration.
9.3
Modbus Advanced Configuration
Use the Advanced Configuration parameters to customize communication settings, for example
3.10.3
55
Configuring Communication Parameters
Parameter Name
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Parameter
Description
Setting
Setting Description
TCP Communication Settings
Port
Available only when
Modbus/TCP is
selected as the PC
Communication Type
502
Modbus Communication Settings
Timeout
Attempts
56
Sets the time in
seconds that the PC
Communication
Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM waits for a
response to a
message set to a
station. If a
confirmation message
is not received within
this time, the frame is
either retransmitted or
discarded.
· Minimum: 1
· Maximum: 255
· Default: 3
seconds
· Minimum: 1
The number of times
the PC Communication
· Maximum: 20
Settings -SCADAPack
· Default: 3
CommDTM resends a
seconds
frame if a response
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Communication Parameters
was not received within
the Timeout period.
Message Size Settings
Message Size
Custom Message
Size
3.10.3
Set the frame size
parameter. A smaller
frame size can help
reduce the number of
failed transmissions in
noisy environments,
but may also reduce
throughput.
· Maximum
When Message Size
is set to Custom, you
can set the message
size.
Min: 2 bytes
(default)
· Custom
When Maximum is
selected, the Custom
Message Size option
is automatically set to
the maximum possible
message size and is
not editable.
When Custom is
selected, you can set
the Custom Message
Size.
Max: 246 bytes
(default)
57
Configuring Security
10
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Security
These parameters are available when the PC Communication Type 30 is selected for DNP3
communication.
These parameters are not available when the PC Communication Type 30 is selected for
Modbus communication.
If the Security Administrator software is running in your network and the Security Administrator
Security Mode parameter is set to DNP3 Secure Authentication, you need to configure the
Security Settings parameters in the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM.
To configure security
1. Open the offline parameters for the
CommDTM. 17
17 PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
2. Select the Security tab.
3. Select Secure Authentication Enabled, then configure the Security Settings 59
parameters that are displayed.
4. Click Apply.
Session Keys
Each DNP3 device uses session keys to hash challenge data. A different session key is used in
each direction, so that if the key for one direction is compromised, it does not compromise
communications in the other direction. The DNP3 Controlling Statin initializes the session keys
58
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Configuring Security
immediately after communications is established and regularly changes the session keys to
help protect them from being compromised. The frequency of changes to the session keys is
controlled by Key Change Interval 60 and Key Change Count 60 .
10.1
Security Settings
The following table describes the Security Settings. Configure these parameters if you are using
the Security Administrator software in your network.
Parameter
Name
Parameter Description
Setting
Setting Description
Secure
Authentication
Enabled
Indicates whether SCADAPack
RemoteConnect uses DNP3 Secure
Authentication to communicate with
SCADAPack x70 devices.
When the box is checked,
SCADAPack RemoteConnect can
set up and use DNP3 Secure
Authentication.
The parameters below are only
displayed when this box is checked.
Security File
If the Security Administrator
Configuration Tool Key Mode
parameter is set to Common Key or
Unique Keys, then your security
personnel will provide you with a
security file to activate.
To select a security file to load,
click Change.
RemoteConnec
t Key
If the Security Administrator
Configuration Tool Key Mode
parameter is set to Common Key or
Unique Keys, the RemoteConnect
Key is displayed here.
To return the security settings to
their default state, click Clear.
Validity
A read-only field that indicates
whether the security file was
successfully loaded.
True
The security file was
successfully activated
and SCADAPack
RemoteConnect can
use DNP3 Secure
Authentication.
False
The security file was
not successfully
activated by
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect.
Machine ID
3.10.3
A read-only field that displays the ID for the SCADAPack RemoteConnect
computer. The Security Administrator software requires this ID to generate
the RemoteConnect security file when using Unique Keys.
59
Configuring Security
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Individual User
Authentication
Enabled
If the Security Administrator parameter in Users Mode, Individual users can
be configured and authenticated by the Controllers is set, the box in
SCADAPack RemoteConnect is checked after the security file is imported.
Key Change
Interval
Indicates the period in seconds for
session key changes between
devices, for example, between the
RTU and Controlling Station Host.
If you load a Security File, this field
is read only.
To return this field to the editable
state, click Clear.
Key Change
Count
Indicates the number of
authentication messages that can
be transmitted in either direction
before the Controlling Station
changes the session keys.
Default:
900
seconds
(15
minutes)
Valid
range:
120...604,8
00 (one
week)
seconds
For systems that
communicate
infrequently, this may
be disabled (set to
zero), using only the
Key Change Count to
determine when to
update keys.
Default:
1000
Valid
range: 10
to 10,000
If you load a Security File, this field
is read only.
To return this field to the editable
state, click Clear.
60
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
11
Viewing Communication Statistics
Viewing Communication Statistics
When the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM is online, use the Runtime
tab in the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM online parameters to display
the communication statistics that are generated when you read from the device in the
SCADAPack x70 online parameters. Use these statistics to evaluate the state of
communications between SCADAPack RemoteConnect and the SCADAPack x70 device.
To return every statistic value to 0, click Reset Statistics.
3.10.3
61
Viewing Diagnostics
12
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Viewing Diagnostics
When the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM is online, you can:
· Use the DNP3 Diagnostics tab in the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
online parameters to display the DNP3 diagnostics messages that are generated when you
read from the device in the SCADAPack x70 online parameters. Use these messages to
troubleshoot DNP3 communications between SCADAPack RemoteConnect and the
SCADAPack x70 device.
· Use the DNP3 Diagnostics Settings 53 in the PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM offline parameters to specify which DNP3 messages are included in the display.
Each set of DNP3 messages beings with an alphanumeric transaction identifier that you can
use to match requests with corresponding responses.
Following is an example of the DNP3 diagnostic messages.
The following table describes the symbols that are included in DNP3 diagnostics messages.
62
Symbol
Meaning
<+++
Request data
<===
Application layer transmit
<~~~
Transport function transmit
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
3.10.3
<---
Link layer transmit
--->
Link layer receive
~~~>
Transport function receive
===>
Application layer receive
+++>
Response data
Viewing Diagnostics
63
Adding and Removing DTMs
13
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Adding and Removing DTMs
Each SCADAPack RemoteConnect project supports 1 PC Communication Settings SCADAPack CommDTM and 1 SCADAPack x70 Controller Settings -DeviceDTM Device Type
Manager (DTM). These DTMs are automatically added to SCADAPack RemoteConnect when
you create the project for the SCADAPack x70 device. If you inadvertently remove either the PC
Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM or the SCADAPack x70 Controller Settings DeviceDTM , follow the procedure below to add them back into the project:
· The PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM can be added only to My Network
· The SCADAPack x70 Controller Settings -DeviceDTM can only be added to the PC
Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
You can also add other FDT 2.1-, FDT 2.0-, and FDT 1.2-compliant DTMs that are in your
Catalog to the network view. For example:
· Other communication DTMs can be added to My Network
· Other device DTMs can be added to the associated communication DTM
To add a DTM to SCADAPack RemoteConnect
1. Right-click on the network level at which you want to add the DTM and select Add.
The figure below shows an example of the DTM selections that may be available at the My
Network level.
2. In the DTM Selector, select the DTM you want to add, then click OK.
64
3.10.3
PC Communication Settings -SCADAPack CommDTM
Adding and Removing DTMs
To remove a DTM from SCADAPack RemoteConnect
1. Under My Network, right-click on the DTM that you want to delete from the network and
select Remove.
2. To confirm the deletion, click Yes.
For more information, see the Using HART Device DTMs in SCADAPack RemoteConnect topic in the
SCADAPack RemoteConnect Configuration Software manual.
3.10.3
65
SCADAPack
Part Ordering List
Version: 3.10.3
Date:
May 2022
Document Number: 250535
Table of Contents
1
Legal Information..........................................................................................................................4
2
Technical Support
..........................................................................................................................5
3
Safety Information
..........................................................................................................................6
4
About the Book ..........................................................................................................................9
5
Cybersecurity ..........................................................................................................................12
6
Part Ordering List
..........................................................................................................................14
2
Part Ordering List
3.10.3
3
Legal Information
1
Part Ordering List
Legal Information
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical
characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not
intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these
products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the
appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the
relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or
subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. If you
have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication,
please notify us.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, without express written permission of Schneider Electric.
All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and
using this product. For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented
system data, only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components.
This document contains standardized industry terms that some customers might find insensitive
or offensive. These terms do not reflect the official policy or position of Schneider Electric.
Trademarks
Schneider Electric, ClearSCADA, EcoStruxure, Modbus, RemoteConnect, SCADAPack,
Telepace, and Trio are trademarks and the property of Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries
and affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Address
Schneider Electric Systems USA
Process Automation, Remote Operations
38 Neponset Avenue, Foxboro, Massachusetts 02035 USA
Email: RemoteOperations@se.com
www.se.com
© 2022 Schneider Electric Systems USA Inc.
All rights reserved.
4
3.10.3
Part Ordering List
2
Technical Support
Technical Support
Questions and requests related to any part of this documentation can be directed to one of the
following support centers.
Technical support: Americas, Europe, Middle East, Asia
Available Monday to Friday 8:00 am – 6:30 pm Eastern Time
Check our
FAQs
Explore our extensive knowledge database and FAQ videos to
find answers quickly:
https://se.com/faq
Email us
Save time by emailing us your inquiry and an expert will contact
you:
supportTRSS@se.com
Send us an email anytime.
Call us
Need someone to provide some technical support?
· Toll free within North America: 1-888-226-6876
· Direct Worldwide: +1-613-591-1943
Technical support: Australia/New Zealand (Pacific)
Available Monday to Friday 8:00 am - 5:00 pm Australian Eastern Standard Time
Check our
FAQs
Explore our extensive knowledge database and FAQ videos to
find answers quickly:
https://se.com/faq
Email us
Save time by emailing us your inquiry and an expert will contact
you:
techsupport.pz@se.com
Send us an email anytime.
Call us
Need someone to provide some technical support?
· Inside Australia: 13 73 28 (13 SEAU)
· Inside New Zealand: 0800 652 999
3.10.3
5
Safety Information
3
Part Ordering List
Safety Information
Important information
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with
the device before trying to install, operate, or maintain it. The following special
messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of
potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a
procedure.
The addition of this symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label indicates
that an electrical hazard exists, which will result in personal injury if the
instructions are not followed.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal
injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid
possible injury or death.
Please note
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified
personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out
of the use of this material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction, installation,
and operation of electrical equipment and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the
hazards involved.
6
3.10.3
Part Ordering List
Safety Information
Before you begin
Do not use this product on machinery lacking effective point-of-operation guarding. Lack of
effective point-of-operation guarding on a machine can result in serious injury to the operator of
that machine.
WARNING
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
· Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed.
· Before operational tests are performed, remove all blocks or other temporary holding means
used for shipment from all component devices.
· Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
Follow all start-up tests recommended in the equipment documentation. Store all equipment
documentation for future reference.
Test all software in both simulated and real environments.
Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and grounds, except those
grounds installed according to local regulations (according to the National Electrical Code in the
U.S.A, for instance). If high-potential voltage testing is necessary, follow recommendations in
equipment documentation to help prevent accidental equipment damage.
Operation and adjustments
The following precautions prevail:
· Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment or in the
selection and ratings of components, there are hazards that can be encountered if such
equipment is improperly operated.
· It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce unsatisfactory or
unsafe operation. Always use the manufacturer’s instructions as a guide for functional
adjustments. Personnel who have access to these adjustments should be familiar with the
equipment manufacturer’s instructions and the machinery used with the electrical equipment.
· Only those operational adjustments actually required by the operator should be accessible to
the operator. Access to other controls should be restricted to prevent unauthorized changes in
operating characteristics.
3.10.3
7
Safety Information
Part Ordering List
Acceptable use
WARNING
UNACCEPTABLE USE
Do not use SCADAPacks or I/O modules as an integral part of a safety system. These
devices are not safety products.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements, the relevant
instructions must be followed.
Use only Schneider Electric software or approved software with Schneider Electric hardware
products.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in minor or moderate injury.
8
3.10.3
Part Ordering List
4
About the Book
About the Book
Audience
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The application of this product requires expertise in the design and programming of control
systems. Only persons with such expertise are allowed to program, install, alter, and apply
this product.
Follow all local and national safety codes and standards.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
This manual is written for people who need to install or update the SCADAPack x70
configuration environment for SCADAPack x70 devices. These individuals are typically:
· Systems Engineers
· Commissioning Engineers
· Maintenance Technicians
Document scope
This manual describes:
· The parts and part numbers for ordering
Validity note
This document is valid for:
· SCADAPack x70 firmware version 9.7.3 and older
· SCADAPack RemoteConnect configuration software version 3.10.3 and older
· Security Administrator version 1.6.2
Related documents
Use this manual with the other manuals included in your SCADAPack x70 documentation set.
The table below describes the manuals available in the documentation set.
Folder
Manual
Content
Getting Started
Getting Started
· The SCADAPack x70 family of products
available in this release
· The basic steps to get your SCADAPack
3.10.3
9
About the Book
Part Ordering List
x70 device operational
· Where to get more information about
configuring, monitoring and managing
your SCADAPack x70 device
SCADAPack
Software
Installation
SCADAPack Software
Installation
· Hardware and software requirements
· Installation procedures
· Accessing help
· Troubleshooting guidance
Hardware
Manuals
The hardware manual for
your SCADAPack x70
device
· Installation, wiring and addressing
information
· Diagnostics capabilities
· Maintenance recommendations
· Hardware specifications
Configuration
Manuals
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
Configuration Software
· Setting up and managing projects for your
PC Communication
Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
· Setting up communications between
SCADAPack x70
Configuration
· Configuring SCADAPack x70 device
Porting Guide for
SCADAPack E to
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Moving from SCADAPack E to
SCADAPack x70 device
SCADAPack RemoteConnect and your
SCADAPack x70 device
operation
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Locating SCADAPack E Configurator
features in SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Locating SCADAPack Workbench
features in SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Compatibility chart
Porting Guide for Telepace
to SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Moving from Telepace to SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Tutorial for creating a project
· Compatibility chart
Technical
Reference
Manuals
SCADAPack
Communication Interfaces
Technical Reference
· USB, serial and IP communications
· Mobile communications
· Dialup modem communications
10
3.10.3
Part Ordering List
About the Book
SCADAPack Operations
Technical Reference
· The SCADAPack x70 device file system
· Command line operations
· Diagnostics operations
· Telnet server operations
· FTP server operations
SCADAPack SCADA
Protocols Technical
Reference
· DNP3 protocol support
· Modbus protocol support
· IEC 60870-5-104 protocol support
Logic
Programming
Manuals
SCADAPack Logic
Programming Overview
· The differences between EcoStruxure
Control Expert (Unity Pro) and the
SCADAPack x70 Logic Editor
environment
· Key programming concepts
· Basic procedures needed to use the
SCADAPack x70 Logic Editor
Security
Administrator
Manuals
SCADAPack Function
Blocks Technical
Reference
· The custom SCADAPack x70 function
Using EFB Toolkit with
SCADAPack x70
· Using the Schneider Electric EFB Toolkit
SCADAPack Security
Administrator
· Configuring security on your SCADAPack
SCADAPack Security
Technical Reference
· Security standards
blocks that are available for developing
IEC 61131-3 applications
with SCADAPack x70 devices and
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
configuration software
x70 device
· Security overview
· DNP3 Secure Authentication
· Diagnostics
· Attack vectors and requirements
3.10.3
11
Cybersecurity
5
Part Ordering List
Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity is a branch of network administration that addresses attacks on or by computer
systems and through computer networks that can result in accidental or intentional disruptions.
The objective of cybersecurity is to help provide increased levels of protection for information and
physical assets from theft, corruption, misuse, or accidents while maintaining access for
intended users.
No single cybersecurity approach is adequate. Schneider Electric recommends a defense-indepth approach. This approach layers the network with security features, appliances, and
processes. The basic components of this approach are:
· Risk assessment: A systematic security analysis of the environment and related systems.
· A security plan built on the results of the risk assessment
· A multi-phase training campaign
· Network separation and segmentation: Physical separation of the control network from other
networks, and the division of the control network itself into segments and security zones.
· System Access Control: Controlling access to the system with firewalls, authentication,
authorization, and other software means, and traditional physical security measures such as
video surveillance, fences, locked doors and gates, and locked equipment cabinets.
· Device hardening: The process of configuring a device against communication-based threats.
Device hardening measures include disabling unused network ports, password management,
access control, and the disabling of all unnecessary protocols and services.
· Network monitoring and maintenance: An effective defense-in-depth campaign requires
continual monitoring and system maintenance to meet the challenge of new threats as they
develop.
· See Security Considerations in the Security Technical Reference manual
Contact us
For more information, refer to the Schneider Electric Cybersecurity Support Portal at
http://www.se.com/b2b/en/support/cybersecurity/overview.jsp.
Additional Resources
Schneider Electric Recommended Cybersecurity Best Practices
https://www.se.com/ww/en/download/document/CS-Best-Practices-2019-340/
Industrial Control Systems Cyber Emergency Response Team (ICS-CERT)
https://ics-cert.us-cert.gov
ICS-CERT Recommended Practices
https://ics-cert.us-cert.gov/Recommended-Practices
Center for Internet Security (CIS) Top 20 Critical Security Controls
https://www.cisecurity.org/cybersecurity-best-practices
12
3.10.3
Part Ordering List
Cybersecurity
FBI Cyber Crime
https://www.fbi.gov/investigate/cyber
Guide to Industrial Control Systems (ICS) Security
https://www.nist.gov/publications/guide-industrial-control-systems-ics-security
WaterISAC Water Security Network
https://www.waterisac.org
3.10.3
13
Part Ordering List
6
Part Ordering List
Part Ordering List
Refer to the tables below for model and part numbers. For specific details about all options,
consult the datasheet or contact your Schneider Electric representative.
SCADAPack 470, SCADAPack 474, SCADAPack 570, SCADAPack 574, and SCADAPack
575 14 , 5000 series I/O modules 15 , 6000 series I/O modules 17
SCADAPack 470, SCADAPack 474, SCADAPack 570, SCADAPack 574, and
SCADAPack 575
Part
Part Number
Certification Description
TBUP470
FCC 47 CFR Part 15, Subpart B;
ICES-003; CE
TBUP474
FCC 47 CFR Part 15, Subpart B;
ICES-003; CE
TBUP570
IEC 61010-2-201; UL; CSA, EMC and
radio frequency; FCC 47 CFR Part 15,
Subpart B; ICES-003; CE and RCM
markings
SCADAPacks
SCADAPack 470
4 digital inputs with counter
capabilities
2 digital outputs
4 analog inputs
SCADAPack 474
20 digital inputs, 12 with counter
capabilities
12 digital outputs
12 analog inputs
2 analog outputs
SCADAPack 570
2 digital inputs with counter
capabilities
1 digital output
SCADAPack 574
11 digital outputs
IEC 61010-2-201; UL; CSA, EMC and
radio frequency; FCC 47 CFR Part 15,
Subpart B; ICES-003; CE and RCM
markings
8 analog inputs, 2 with counter
capabilities
cCSAus Non-Incendive Electrical
Equipment for use in Class I, Division 2,
18 digital inputs
14
cCSAus Non-Incendive Electrical
Equipment for use in Class I, Division 2,
Groups A, B, C and D; and Class I,
Zone 2
TBUP574
3.10.3
Part Ordering List
Part Ordering List
2 analog outputs
Groups A, B, C and D; and Class I,
Zone 2
SCADAPack 575
TBUP575
IEC 61010-2-201; UL; CSA, EMC and
radio frequency; FCC 47 CFR Part 15,
Subpart B; ICES-003; CE and RCM
markings
18 digital inputs, 10 with counter
capabilities
9 digital outputs
cCSAus Non-Incendive Electrical
Equipment for use in Class I, Division 2,
Groups A, B, C and D; and Class I,
Zone 2
6 analog inputs
2 analog outputs
Cables
RJ-45 to DE-9S DTE cable - 3 m
(10 ft)
TBUM297217
RJ-45 to DE-9P DCE cable 0.38 m (15 in)
TBUM297218
20-pin adaptor to transition from
a 20-pin connector to a 16-pin
connector, for attaching
intermodule cables
TBUM297138
Other
Schneider Electric Phaseo
regulated power supply
ABL7RM24025
3.6 V lithium replacement
battery kit
TBUM297592
DIN rail fixing clamp pack
TBUM297588
(SCADAPack 575 only)
SCADAPack 574 Terminal,
Adaptor Kit
TBUM297915
5000 series I/O modules
I/O Module
Part Number
5304 analog output TBUX297248 (4...20
module
mA)
Certification Description
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
4 analog outputs
3.10.3
15
Part Ordering List
Part Ordering List
TBUX297252 (0...10
Vdc)
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
TBUX297253 (0...5
Vdc)
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
5405 digital input
module
TBUX297249 (120
Vdc)
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2
32 digital inputs
TBUX297247 (12...24
Vdc)
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
5410 high speed
counter input
module
TBUX297149
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, and D
5414 digital input
module
TBUX297380 (120
Vdc AC/DC)
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2
16 digital inputs
TBUX297378 (24 Vdc)
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
5415 relay output
module
TBUX297382 (Dry
contact relay version)
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2
12 relay outputs
TBUX297384 (Solid
state relay version)
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
5505 RTD input
module
TBUX297318
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, and D
4 counter inputs
4 RTD inputs
5506 analog input
module
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Ex nA IIC T4
TBUX297319
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
TBUX297328S
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
32 digital inputs
TBUX297328X (Solid
state relay version)
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
16 relay outputs
TBUX297328U
8 analog inputs
5606 input output
module
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2
8 analog inputs
5606 input output
module
32 digital inputs
16
TBUX297334S
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
TBUX297334X (Solid
state relay version)
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
3.10.3
Part Ordering List
Part Ordering List
16 relay outputs
TBUX297334U
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2
8 analog inputs
2 analog outputs
5607 input output
module
TBUX297478S
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
16 digital inputs
TBUX297478X (Solid
state relay version)
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
10 relay outputs
TBUX297478U
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4
TBUX297482S
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
16 digital inputs
TBUX297482X (Solid
state relay version)
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
10 relay outputs
TBUX297482U
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4
8 analog inputs
5607 input output
module
8 analog inputs
2 analog outputs
5000 series expansion module cables
Cable
Part Number
Expansion Module Cable, 72 in (1.82 m)
TBUM297174
Expansion Module Cable, 45 in (1.14 m)
TBUM297162
Expansion Module Cable, 30 in (0.76 m)
TBUM297131
Expansion Module Cable, 24 in (0.61 m)
TBUM297193
Expansion Module Cable, 18 in (0.45 m)
TBUM297192
Expansion Module Cable, 12 in (0.30 m)
TBUM297269
6000 series I/O modules
3.10.3
I/O Module
Part Number
6103 power supply
module
TBUX297595
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4
17
Part Ordering List
Part Ordering List
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/UKEX/IECEx Zone 2
6601 input output
module
TBUX297583S
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
TBUX297583U
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4
TBUX297583X
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
TBUX297584S
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
TBUX297584U
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4
TBUX297584X
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
TBUX297585S
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
TBUX297585U
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4
TBUX297585X
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
TBUX297586S
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
TBUX297586U
Certified for use in hazardous locations, Class
I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4
0...20 mA and 4...20
mA
16 digital inputs, 8
with counter
capabilities
8 digital outputs
6 analog inputs
6601 input output
module
0...5 Vdc and 1...5
Vdc
16 digital inputs, 8
with counter
capabilities
8 digital outputs
6 analog inputs
6601 input output
module
0...20 mA and 4...20
mA
16 digital inputs, 8
with counter
capabilities
8 digital outputs
6 analog inputs
Plus 2 analog
outputs
6601 input output
module
0...5 Vdc and 1...5
Vdc
TBUX297586X
18
3.10.3
Part Ordering List
Part Ordering List
16 digital inputs, 8
with counter
capabilities
Certified for use in hazardous locations,
ATEX/IECEx, Zone 2
8 digital outputs
6 analog inputs
Plus 2 analog
outputs
6602 HART module
TBUX297590S
8 analog inputs
TBUX297590X
4 analog outputs
TBUX297590U
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
Adds cCSAus Non-Incendive Electrical
Equipment for use in Class I, Div 2, Groups A,
B, C and D; and Class I, Zone 2
6602 HART module
TBUX297591S
8 analog inputs
TBUX297591X
Not certified for use in hazardous locations
TBUX297591U
Adds cCSAus Non-Incendive Electrical
Equipment for use in Class I, Div 2, Groups A,
B, C and D; and Class I, Zone 2
6607 input output
module
TBUX297592S
16 digital inputs
10 digital outputs
8 analog inputs
UL and CSA 61010-2-201; FCC 47 CFR Part
15, Subpart B; ICES-003; CE and RCM
markings
cULus Non-Incendive Electrical Equipment for
use in Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C and D;
and Class I, Zone 2
2 analog outputs
6000 series expansion module cables
3.10.3
Cable
Part Number
Expansion Module Cable, 72 in (1.82 m)
TBUM297923
Expansion Module Cable, 45 in (1.14 m)
TBUM297922
Expansion Module Cable, 30 in (0.76 m)
TBUM297921
Expansion Module Cable, 24 in (0.61 m)
TBUM297920
19
Part Ordering List
20
Part Ordering List
Expansion Module Cable, 18 in (0.45 m)
TBUM297919
Expansion Module Cable, 12 in (0.30 m)
TBUM297918
3.10.3
SCADAPack
Third Party License Notices
Version: 3.10.3
Date:
May 2022
Document Number: 250537
Table of Contents
1
Legal Information..........................................................................................................................5
2
Technical Support
..........................................................................................................................6
3
Safety Information
..........................................................................................................................7
4
About the Book..........................................................................................................................10
5
Cybersecurity ..........................................................................................................................13
6
Third Party License
Notices
..........................................................................................................................15
2
6.1
7Zip ..................................................................................................................................15
6.2
AGA 12-1
..................................................................................................................................18
6.3
binutils..................................................................................................................................19
6.4
bzip2 ..................................................................................................................................24
6.5
DotNetZip
..................................................................................................................................25
6.6
gcc
6.7
gettext..................................................................................................................................40
6.8
gmp ..................................................................................................................................52
6.9
HMAC,..................................................................................................................................54
SHA1 & SHA2
6.10
libcroco
..................................................................................................................................55
6.11
libfdt ..................................................................................................................................68
6.12
libiconv..................................................................................................................................68
6.13
libmpc3
..................................................................................................................................75
6.14
liborcus
..................................................................................................................................82
6.15
libtiff ..................................................................................................................................92
6.16
libtool ..................................................................................................................................93
6.17
make ..................................................................................................................................98
6.18
mpfr ..................................................................................................................................103
6.19
Mpfr ..................................................................................................................................110
6.20
newlib..................................................................................................................................112
6.21
OpenSSL
..................................................................................................................................138
6.22
readline
..................................................................................................................................142
6.23
U-Boot
..................................................................................................................................147
..................................................................................................................................28
6.24
U-Boot
..................................................................................................................................153
Patch (Coloured LED)
6.25
Wind..................................................................................................................................153
River VxWorks Third Party Components
3
Third Party License Notices
4
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
1
Legal Information
Legal Information
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical
characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not
intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these
products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the
appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the
relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or
subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. If you
have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication,
please notify us.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, without express written permission of Schneider Electric.
All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and
using this product. For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented
system data, only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components.
This document contains standardized industry terms that some customers might find insensitive
or offensive. These terms do not reflect the official policy or position of Schneider Electric.
Trademarks
Schneider Electric, ClearSCADA, EcoStruxure, Modbus, RemoteConnect, SCADAPack,
Telepace, and Trio are trademarks and the property of Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries
and affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Address
Schneider Electric Systems USA
Process Automation, Remote Operations
38 Neponset Avenue, Foxboro, Massachusetts 02035 USA
Email: RemoteOperations@se.com
www.se.com
© 2022 Schneider Electric Systems USA Inc.
All rights reserved.
3.10.3
5
Technical Support
2
Third Party License Notices
Technical Support
Questions and requests related to any part of this documentation can be directed to one of the
following support centers.
Technical support: Americas, Europe, Middle East, Asia
Available Monday to Friday 8:00 am – 6:30 pm Eastern Time
Check our
FAQs
Explore our extensive knowledge database and FAQ videos to
find answers quickly:
https://se.com/faq
Email us
Save time by emailing us your inquiry and an expert will contact
you:
supportTRSS@se.com
Send us an email anytime.
Call us
Need someone to provide some technical support?
· Toll free within North America: 1-888-226-6876
· Direct Worldwide: +1-613-591-1943
Technical support: Australia/New Zealand (Pacific)
Available Monday to Friday 8:00 am - 5:00 pm Australian Eastern Standard Time
Check our
FAQs
Explore our extensive knowledge database and FAQ videos to
find answers quickly:
https://se.com/faq
Email us
Save time by emailing us your inquiry and an expert will contact
you:
techsupport.pz@se.com
Send us an email anytime.
Call us
Need someone to provide some technical support?
· Inside Australia: 13 73 28 (13 SEAU)
· Inside New Zealand: 0800 652 999
6
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
3
Safety Information
Safety Information
Important information
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with
the device before trying to install, operate, or maintain it. The following special
messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of
potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a
procedure.
The addition of this symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label indicates
that an electrical hazard exists, which will result in personal injury if the
instructions are not followed.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal
injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid
possible injury or death.
Please note
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified
personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out
of the use of this material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction, installation,
and operation of electrical equipment and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the
hazards involved.
3.10.3
7
Safety Information
Third Party License Notices
Before you begin
Do not use this product on machinery lacking effective point-of-operation guarding. Lack of
effective point-of-operation guarding on a machine can result in serious injury to the operator of
that machine.
WARNING
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
· Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed.
· Before operational tests are performed, remove all blocks or other temporary holding means
used for shipment from all component devices.
· Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
Follow all start-up tests recommended in the equipment documentation. Store all equipment
documentation for future reference.
Test all software in both simulated and real environments.
Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and grounds, except those
grounds installed according to local regulations (according to the National Electrical Code in the
U.S.A, for instance). If high-potential voltage testing is necessary, follow recommendations in
equipment documentation to help prevent accidental equipment damage.
Operation and adjustments
The following precautions prevail:
· Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment or in the
selection and ratings of components, there are hazards that can be encountered if such
equipment is improperly operated.
· It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce unsatisfactory or
unsafe operation. Always use the manufacturer’s instructions as a guide for functional
adjustments. Personnel who have access to these adjustments should be familiar with the
equipment manufacturer’s instructions and the machinery used with the electrical equipment.
· Only those operational adjustments actually required by the operator should be accessible to
the operator. Access to other controls should be restricted to prevent unauthorized changes in
operating characteristics.
8
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Safety Information
Acceptable use
WARNING
UNACCEPTABLE USE
Do not use SCADAPacks or I/O modules as an integral part of a safety system. These
devices are not safety products.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements, the relevant
instructions must be followed.
Use only Schneider Electric software or approved software with Schneider Electric hardware
products.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in minor or moderate injury.
3.10.3
9
About the Book
4
Third Party License Notices
About the Book
Audience
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The application of this product requires expertise in the design and programming of control
systems. Only persons with such expertise are allowed to program, install, alter, and apply
this product.
Follow all local and national safety codes and standards.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.
This manual is written for people who need to install or update the SCADAPack x70
configuration environment for SCADAPack x70 devices. These individuals are typically:
· Systems Engineers
· Commissioning Engineers
· Maintenance Technicians
Document scope
This manual describes:
· The parts and part numbers for ordering
Validity note
This document is valid for:
· SCADAPack x70 firmware version 9.7.3 and older
· SCADAPack RemoteConnect configuration software version 3.10.3 and older
· Security Administrator version 1.6.2
Related documents
Use this manual with the other manuals included in your SCADAPack x70 documentation set.
The table below describes the manuals available in the documentation set.
Folder
Manual
Content
Getting Started
Getting Started
· The SCADAPack x70 family of products
available in this release
· The basic steps to get your SCADAPack
10
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
About the Book
x70 device operational
· Where to get more information about
configuring, monitoring and managing
your SCADAPack x70 device
SCADAPack
Software
Installation
SCADAPack Software
Installation
· Hardware and software requirements
· Installation procedures
· Accessing help
· Troubleshooting guidance
Hardware
Manuals
The hardware manual for
your SCADAPack x70
device
· Installation, wiring and addressing
information
· Diagnostics capabilities
· Maintenance recommendations
· Hardware specifications
Configuration
Manuals
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
Configuration Software
· Setting up and managing projects for your
PC Communication
Settings -SCADAPack
CommDTM
· Setting up communications between
SCADAPack x70
Configuration
· Configuring SCADAPack x70 device
Porting Guide for
SCADAPack E to
SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Moving from SCADAPack E to
SCADAPack x70 device
SCADAPack RemoteConnect and your
SCADAPack x70 device
operation
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Locating SCADAPack E Configurator
features in SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Locating SCADAPack Workbench
features in SCADAPack RemoteConnect
· Compatibility chart
Porting Guide for Telepace
to SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Moving from Telepace to SCADAPack
RemoteConnect
· Tutorial for creating a project
· Compatibility chart
Technical
Reference
Manuals
SCADAPack
Communication Interfaces
Technical Reference
· USB, serial and IP communications
· Mobile communications
· Dialup modem communications
3.10.3
11
About the Book
Third Party License Notices
SCADAPack Operations
Technical Reference
· The SCADAPack x70 device file system
· Command line operations
· Diagnostics operations
· Telnet server operations
· FTP server operations
SCADAPack SCADA
Protocols Technical
Reference
· DNP3 protocol support
· Modbus protocol support
· IEC 60870-5-104 protocol support
Logic
Programming
Manuals
SCADAPack Logic
Programming Overview
· The differences between EcoStruxure
Control Expert (Unity Pro) and the
SCADAPack x70 Logic Editor
environment
· Key programming concepts
· Basic procedures needed to use the
SCADAPack x70 Logic Editor
Security
Administrator
Manuals
SCADAPack Function
Blocks Technical
Reference
· The custom SCADAPack x70 function
Using EFB Toolkit with
SCADAPack x70
· Using the Schneider Electric EFB Toolkit
SCADAPack Security
Administrator
· Configuring security on your SCADAPack
SCADAPack Security
Technical Reference
· Security standards
blocks that are available for developing
IEC 61131-3 applications
with SCADAPack x70 devices and
SCADAPack RemoteConnect
configuration software
x70 device
· Security overview
· DNP3 Secure Authentication
· Diagnostics
· Attack vectors and requirements
12
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
5
Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity is a branch of network administration that addresses attacks on or by computer
systems and through computer networks that can result in accidental or intentional disruptions.
The objective of cybersecurity is to help provide increased levels of protection for information and
physical assets from theft, corruption, misuse, or accidents while maintaining access for
intended users.
No single cybersecurity approach is adequate. Schneider Electric recommends a defense-indepth approach. This approach layers the network with security features, appliances, and
processes. The basic components of this approach are:
· Risk assessment: A systematic security analysis of the environment and related systems.
· A security plan built on the results of the risk assessment
· A multi-phase training campaign
· Network separation and segmentation: Physical separation of the control network from other
networks, and the division of the control network itself into segments and security zones.
· System Access Control: Controlling access to the system with firewalls, authentication,
authorization, and other software means, and traditional physical security measures such as
video surveillance, fences, locked doors and gates, and locked equipment cabinets.
· Device hardening: The process of configuring a device against communication-based threats.
Device hardening measures include disabling unused network ports, password management,
access control, and the disabling of all unnecessary protocols and services.
· Network monitoring and maintenance: An effective defense-in-depth campaign requires
continual monitoring and system maintenance to meet the challenge of new threats as they
develop.
· See Security Considerations in the Security Technical Reference manual
Contact us
For more information, refer to the Schneider Electric Cybersecurity Support Portal at
http://www.se.com/b2b/en/support/cybersecurity/overview.jsp.
Additional Resources
Schneider Electric Recommended Cybersecurity Best Practices
https://www.se.com/ww/en/download/document/CS-Best-Practices-2019-340/
Industrial Control Systems Cyber Emergency Response Team (ICS-CERT)
https://ics-cert.us-cert.gov
ICS-CERT Recommended Practices
https://ics-cert.us-cert.gov/Recommended-Practices
Center for Internet Security (CIS) Top 20 Critical Security Controls
https://www.cisecurity.org/cybersecurity-best-practices
3.10.3
13
Cybersecurity
Third Party License Notices
FBI Cyber Crime
https://www.fbi.gov/investigate/cyber
Guide to Industrial Control Systems (ICS) Security
https://www.nist.gov/publications/guide-industrial-control-systems-ics-security
WaterISAC Water Security Network
https://www.waterisac.org
14
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
6
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
This document contains third party intellectual property (IP) notices for SCADAPack x70
firmware and SCADAPack RemoteConnect applications. Certain licenses and license notices
may appear in other parts of the product distribution in accordance with the license
requirements.
· 7Zip 15
· AGA 12-1 18
· binutils 19
· bzip2 24
· DotNetZip 25
· gcc 28
· gettext 40
· gmp 52
· HMAC, SHA1 & SHA2 54
· libcroco 55
· libfdt 68
· libiconv 68
· libmpc3 75
· liborcus 82
· libtiff 92
· libtool 93
· libtool 93
· make 98
· mpfr 103
· Mpfr 110
· newlib 112
· OpenSSL 138
· readline 142
· U-Boot 147
· U-Boot Patch (Coloured LED) 153
· Wind River VxWorks Third Party Components 153
6.1
7Zip
Components: 7zip 4.17, 7zip 9.20, p7zip runtime (executable)
Description: 7-Zip is a file archiver with a high compression ratio.
Notices:
Source code is available from https://www.7-zip.org/
3.10.3
15
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
7-Zip
~~~~~
License for use and distribution
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
7-Zip Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Igor Pavlov.
The licenses for files are:
1) 7z.dll:
- The "GNU LGPL" as main license for most of the code
- The "GNU LGPL" with "unRAR license restriction" for some code
- The "BSD 3-clause License" for some code
2) All other files: the "GNU LGPL".
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce related license information
from this file.
Note:
You can use 7-Zip on any computer, including a computer in a commercial
organization. You don't need to register or pay for 7-Zip.
GNU LGPL information
--------------------
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You can receive a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License from
http://www.gnu.org/
16
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
BSD 3-clause License
--------------------
The "BSD 3-clause License" is used for the code in 7z.dll that
implements LZFSE data decompression.
That code was derived from the code in the "LZFSE compression library"
developed by Apple Inc,
that also uses the "BSD 3-clause License":
---Copyright (c) 2015-2016, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder(s) nor the names of any
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
3.10.3
17
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
----
unRAR license restriction
-------------------------
The decompression engine for RAR archives was developed using source
code of unRAR program.
All copyrights to original unRAR code are owned by Alexander Roshal.
The license for original unRAR code has the following restriction:
The unRAR sources cannot be used to re-create the RAR compression
algorithm,
which is proprietary. Distribution of modified unRAR sources in
separate form
or as a part of other software is permitted, provided that it is
clearly
stated in the documentation and source comments that the code may
not be used to develop a RAR (WinRAR) compatible archiver.
-Igor Pavlov
6.2
AGA 12-1
Components: Source code
Description:
AGA12 components in the SCADAPack x70 RTU firmware are based on reference
code. The text of these licenses are reproduced here in accordance with requirements
described in the AGA12 reference source code copyright notices and at
http://scadasafe.sourceforge.net/LICENSE.
Notices:
License for Cisco/AGA 12-1 Reference Implementation
The license applies to all software incorporated in the "Cisco/AGA 12-1 Reference Implementation"
except for those portions incorporating third party software specifically identified as being licensed under
separate license.
18
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The Cisco Systems Public Software License, Version 1.0
Copyright (c) 2000 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Subject to the following terms and conditions, Cisco Systems, Inc., hereby grants you a worldwide,
royalty-free, nonexclusive, license, subject to third party intellectual property claims, to create derivative
works of the Licensed Code and to reproduce, display, perform, sublicense, distribute such Licensed
Code and derivative works. All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved.
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The names Cisco and "Cisco/AGA 12-1 Reference Implementation" must not be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permission,
please contact opensource@cisco.com.
4. Products derived from this software may not be called "Cisco" or "Cisco/AGA", nor may "Cisco" or
"Cisco/AGA" appear in their name, without prior written permission of Cisco Systems, Inc.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL CISCO SYSTEMS, INC. OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO
LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY'S NEGLIGENCE
TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO
THAT EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. FURTHER, YOU AGREE THAT IN NO
EVENT WILL CISCO'S LIABILITY UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED AMOUNT
FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS (US) (US$5,000).
6.3
binutils
Components: binutils 2.22, binutils 2.23.52, binutils 2.28
Description: The GNU Binutils are a collection of binary tools.
Notices:
Source code is available from https://www.gnu.org/software/binutils/
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
3.10.3
19
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By
contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License
applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors
commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library
General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software
(and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that
you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to
ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give
the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license
which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed
on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems
introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger
that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for
everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the
copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
"Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means
either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the
Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each
licensee is addressed as "you".
20
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are
outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been
made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in
any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of
this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer
warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and
the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is
derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when
started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement
including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that
you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and
telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to
print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are
not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them
as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose
permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless
of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by
you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective
works based on the Program.
3.10.3
21
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a
work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code
or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the
following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software
interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a
charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machinereadable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and
2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source
code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the
program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.
For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains,
plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and
installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs,
unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along
with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided
under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have
received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works
based on it.
22
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients'
exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third
parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from
the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute
the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the
Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you
could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the
balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims
or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of
the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in
reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is
willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of
this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by
copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may
add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the
limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If
the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever
published by the Free Software Foundation.
3.10.3
23
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted
by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make
exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR
CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY
MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR
A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN
IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
6.4
bzip2
Components: bzip2 1.0.2, bzip2 1.0.5
Description: File compressor
Notices:
Source code is available from http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/bzip2.htm
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with
the distribution.
24
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
6.5
DotNetZip
Components: DotNetZip 1.10.1.738cd3
Description: Class library and toolset for manipulating zip files
Notices:
Source code is available from https://www.nuget.org/packages/DotNetZip/1.10.1
Software Licenses that apply to the DotNetZip library and tools
As DotNetZip includes work derived from other projects, you are required to comply with the
terms and conditions for each of them. These licenses include BSD, Apache, and zlib.
To use the software, you must accept the licenses. If you do not accept the licenses, do not use
the software.
Original intellectual property in DotNetZip is provided under the Ms-PL:
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011 Dino Chiesa
Copyright (c) 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Dino Chiesa and Microsoft Corporation.
Microsoft Public License (Ms-PL)
This license governs use of the accompanying software, the DotNetZip library ("the software").
If you use the software, you accept this license. If you do not accept the license, do not use the
software.
1. Definitions
The terms "reproduce," "reproduction," "derivative works," and "distribution" have the same
meaning here as under U.S. copyright law.
A "contribution" is the original software, or any additions or changes to the software.
A "contributor" is any person that distributes its contribution under this license.
3.10.3
25
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
"Licensed patents" are a contributor's patent claims that read directly on its contribution.
2. Grant of Rights
(A) Copyright Grant- Subject to the terms of this license, including the license conditions and
limitations in section 3, each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
copyright license to reproduce its contribution, prepare derivative works of its contribution, and
distribute its contribution or any derivative works that you create.
(B) Patent Grant- Subject to the terms of this license, including the license conditions and
limitations in section 3, each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
license under its licensed patents to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import, and/or
otherwise dispose of its contribution in the software or derivative works of the contribution in
the software.
3. Conditions and Limitations
(A) No Trademark License- This license does not grant you rights to use any contributors' name,
logo, or trademarks.
(B) If you bring a patent claim against any contributor over patents that you claim are infringed
by the software, your patent license from such contributor to the software ends automatically.
(C) If you distribute any portion of the software, you must retain all copyright, patent,
trademark, and attribution notices that are present in the software.
(D) If you distribute any portion of the software in source code form, you may do so only under
this license by including a complete copy of this license with your distribution. If you distribute
any portion of the software in compiled or object code form, you may only do so under a license
that complies with this license.
(E) The software is licensed "as-is." You bear the risk of using it. The contributors give no
express warranties, guarantees or conditions. You may have additional consumer rights under
your local laws which this license cannot change. To the extent permitted under your local laws,
the contributors exclude the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular
purpose and non-infringement.
-------------------------------------------------------------The managed ZLIB code included in Ionic.Zlib.dll and Ionic.Zip.dll is derived from jzlib.
jzlib ( https://github.com/ymnk/jzlib ) is provided under a BSD-style (3 clause)
Copyright (c) 2000,2001,2002,2003 ymnk, JCraft, Inc.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
26
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
1.
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer.
2.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
with the distribution.
3.
The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL JCRAFT, INC. OR ANY
CONTRIBUTORS TO THIS SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-------------------------------------------------------------The jzlib library, itself, is a re-implementation of ZLIB v1.1.3 in pure Java.
zlib is provided under the zlib license:
Copyright (C) 1995-2004 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
The ZLIB software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will
the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial
applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1.
The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you
wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the
product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2.
Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented
as being the original software.
3.
This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly jloup@gzip.org Mark Adler madler@alumni.caltech.edu
-------------------------------------------------------------The managed BZIP2 code included in Ionic.BZip2.dll and Ionic.Zip.dll is modified code, based on
Java code in the Apache commons compress library.
Apache Commons Compress ( http://commons.apache.org/proper/commons-compress/ ) is
provided under the Apache 2 license:
Apache Commons Compress
Copyright 2002-2014 The Apache Software Foundation
3.10.3
27
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more contributor license
agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with this work for additional information regarding
copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a
copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND,
either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
Many thanks to Julian Seward for the original C implementation of BZip2 ( http://www.bzip.org/ ).
6.6
gcc
Components: gcc 4.6.3, gcc 6.3.0, gdb 7.6.1
Description: GNU compiler collection
Notices:`
Source code is available from https://gcc.gnu.org/
GNU General Public License version 3
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to
share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee
your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free software
for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of
our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software
(and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you
can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to
surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the
software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
28
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass
on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the
software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify
it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for
this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be
marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous
versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software
inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the
area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore,
we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such
problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those
domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents
to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we
wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively
proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program
non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
“This License” refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
“Copyright” also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as
semiconductor masks.
“The Program” refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is
addressed as “you”. “Licensees” and “recipients” may be individuals or organizations.
To “modify” a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring
copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a
“modified version” of the earlier work or a work “based on” the earlier work.
A “covered work” means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program.
3.10.3
29
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
To “propagate” a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you
directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without
modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To “convey” a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive
copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not
conveying.
An interactive user interface displays “Appropriate Legal Notices” to the extent that it includes a
convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are
provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this
License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent
item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The “source code” for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.
“Object code” means any non-source form of a work.
A “Standard Interface” means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized
standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one
that is widely used among developers working in that language.
The “System Libraries” of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that
(a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that
Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to
implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code
form. A “Major Component”, in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window
system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a
compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The “Corresponding Source” for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to
generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including
scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or
general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing
those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes
interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared
libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such
as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the
work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from
other parts of the Corresponding Source.
30
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are
irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by
this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License
acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so
long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the
sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for
running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all
material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for
you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit
them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below.
Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable
law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December
1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of
technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this
License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal
rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium,
provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright
notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord
with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or
warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
3.10.3
31
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the
Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of
these conditions:
·
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant
date.
·
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and
any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4
to “keep intact all notices”.
·
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes
into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable
section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they
are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it
does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
·
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices;
however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal
Notices, your work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their
nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger
program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the
compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the
compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an
aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided
that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in
one of these ways:
32
·
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical
distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange.
·
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical
distribution medium), accompanied by a written offer, valid for at least three years and valid
for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give
anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all
the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of
physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding
Source from a network server at no charge.
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
·
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the
Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially,
and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection 6b.
·
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place (gratis or for a
charge), and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through
the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a
network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by you or
a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear
directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source.
Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure
that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
·
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers
where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the
general public at no charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding
Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work.
A “User Product” is either (1) a “consumer product”, which means any tangible personal property
which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold
for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful
cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user,
“normally used” refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of
the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected
to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has
substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only
significant mode of use of the product.
“Installation Information” for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or
other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User
Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure
that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with
solely because modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User
Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of
the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how
the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be
accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor
any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example,
the work has been installed in ROM).
3.10.3
33
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to
provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the
recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network
may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the
network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section
must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
“Additional permissions” are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions
from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program
shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under
applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used
separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without
regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional
permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require
their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional
permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give
appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you
may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with
terms:
34
·
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of
this License; or
·
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that
material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or
·
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified
versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version;
or
·
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or
·
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or
service marks; or
·
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys
the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those
licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered “further restrictions” within the meaning of
section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a
license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document,
provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant
source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where
to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written
license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License.
Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights
under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright
holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation
by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright
holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received
notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the
violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have
received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under
section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program.
Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer
transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than
this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe
copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work,
you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
3.10.3
35
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original
licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An “entity transaction” is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all
assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the
work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the
work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under
this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or
counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering
for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A “contributor” is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a
work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's “contributor
version”.
A contributor's “essential patent claims” are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor,
whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that
would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, “control” includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the
contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run,
modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a “patent license” is any express agreement or commitment,
however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or
covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To “grant” such a patent license to a party means to
make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source
of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License,
through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either
(1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the
benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the
36
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. “Knowingly
relying” means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe
one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate
by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of
the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the
covered work and works based on it.
A patent license is “discriminatory” if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits
the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically
granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an
arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make
payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under
which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a
discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or
copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or
compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent
license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other
defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict
the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you
cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License
and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example,
if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom
you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be
to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any
covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into
a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to
apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero
General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
3.10.3
37
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain
numbered version of the GNU General Public License “or any later version” applies to it, you have
the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later
version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version
number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free
Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public
License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes
you to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional
obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM “AS IS”
WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE
RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.
SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES
AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR
A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN
IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
38
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal
effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or
assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the
best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change
under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each
source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
“copyright” line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year>
<name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program.
If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an
interactive mode:
<program>
Copyright (C) <year>
<name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show
w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
3.10.3
39
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the
General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI
interface, you would use an “about box”.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a
“copyright disclaimer” for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply
and follow the GNU GPL, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary
programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking
proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read <http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/whynot-lgpl.html>.
6.7
gettext
Components: gettext
Description: GNU gettext utilities
Notices:
Source code is available from https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright © 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the
version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it.
By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share
and change free software—to make sure the software is free for all its users.
40
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software
—typically libraries—of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.
You can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the
ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on
the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General
Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free
software (and charge for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if
you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and
that you are informed that you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these
rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain
responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the
recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to
the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library
and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you
this license, which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free
library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should
know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author’s reputation will
not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish
to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining
a restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for
a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public
License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License, applies to certain designated
libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for
certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the
combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library.
The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination
fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking
other code with the library.
We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the
user’s freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software
developers Less of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are
the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser
license provides advantages in certain special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible
use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free
programs must be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the
3.10.3
41
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free
library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater
number of people to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU
C Library in non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating
system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users’ freedom, it does
ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the
wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close
attention to the difference between a “work based on the library” and a “work that uses the
library”. The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined
with the library in order to run.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice
placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the
terms of this Lesser General Public License (also called “this License”). Each licensee is
addressed as “you”.
A “library” means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be
conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to
form executables.
The “Library”, below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under
these terms. A “work based on the Library” means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or
with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter,
translation is included without limitation in the term “modification”.)
“Source code” for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For
a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation
of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they
are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output
from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library
(independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on
what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does.
You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library’s complete source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each
copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that
refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License
along with the Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option
offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
42
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
The modified work must itself be a software library.
You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files
and the date of any change.
You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the
terms of this License.
If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an
application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is
invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does
not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its
purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely welldefined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any applicationsupplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not
supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work
are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate
works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you
distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole
which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this
License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and
every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written
entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a
work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this
License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this
License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to
this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has
appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change
in these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU
General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that
copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is
not a library.
You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object
code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you
3.10.3
43
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for
software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then
offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the
requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy
the source along with the object code.
A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with
the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a “work that uses the Library”. Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of
this License.
However, linking a “work that uses the Library” with the Library creates an executable that is a
derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a “work that
uses the library”. The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for
distribution of such executables.
When a “work that uses the Library” uses material from a header file that is part of the Library,
the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code
is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library,
or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and
small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing
this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the
work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section
6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a “work that uses the
Library” with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that
work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the
customer’s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that
the Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If
the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for
the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License.
Also, you must do one of these things:
Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the
Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the
complete machine-readable “work that uses the Library”, as object code and/or source code, so
that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing
the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files
in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified
definitions.)
Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is
one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user’s computer
44
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly
with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the
materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing
this distribution.
If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer
equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place.
Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent
this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the “work that uses the Library” must include any data
and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special
exception, the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed
(in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary
libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you
cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single
library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a
combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of
the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library,
uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the
Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have
their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions
are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Library (or any work based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works
based on it.
Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify
the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions
on the recipients’ exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing
compliance by third parties with this License.
3.10.3
45
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you
from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your
obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royaltyfree redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you,
then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from
distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance,
the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply
in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right
claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting
the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license
practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software
distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to
the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system
and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the
rest of this License.
If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or
by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that
distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this
License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General
Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present
version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and “any later version”, you have the option of following the terms
and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any
version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software
which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation;
we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of
preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and
reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE LIBRARY “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
46
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR
LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO
OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY
HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By
contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License
applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors
commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library
General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software
(and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that
you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to
ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give
the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
3.10.3
47
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license
which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed
on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems
introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger
that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for
everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the
copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
"Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means
either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the
Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each
licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are
outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been
made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in
any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of
this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer
warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and
the date of any change.
48
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is
derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when
started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement
including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that
you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and
telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to
print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are
not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them
as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose
permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless
of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by
you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective
works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a
work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code
or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the
following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software
interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a
charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machinereadable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and
2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source
code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the
program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
3.10.3
49
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.
For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains,
plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and
installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs,
unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along
with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided
under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have
received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works
based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients'
exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third
parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from
the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute
the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the
Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you
could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the
balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
50
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims
or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of
the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in
reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is
willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of
this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by
copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may
add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the
limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If
the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever
published by the Free Software Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted
by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make
exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR
CORRECTION.
3.10.3
51
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY
MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR
A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN
IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
6.8
gmp
Components: gmp 6.1.2
Description: The GNU Multiple Precision Arithmetic Library
Notices:
Source code is available at https://gmplib.org/
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright © 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is
not allowed.
This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates the terms and conditions of version
3 of the GNU General Public License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
0. Additional Definitions.
As used herein, “this License” refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser General Public License, and the
“GNU GPL” refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
“The Library” refers to a covered work governed by this License, other than an Application or a Combined
Work as defined below.
An “Application” is any work that makes use of an interface provided by the Library, but which is not
otherwise based on the Library. Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
of using an interface provided by the Library.
A “Combined Work” is a work produced by combining or linking an Application with the Library. The
particular version of the Library with which the Combined Work was made is also called the “Linked
Version”.
The “Minimal Corresponding Source” for a Combined Work means the Corresponding Source for the
Combined Work, excluding any source code for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in
isolation, are based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
The “Corresponding Application Code” for a Combined Work means the object code and/or source code
for the Application, including any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work
from the Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
52
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License without being bound by section 3
of the GNU GPL.
2. Conveying Modified Versions.
If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a facility refers to a function or data to be
supplied by an Application that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the facility is
invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified version:
a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an
Application does not supply the function or data, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful, or
b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of this License applicable to that copy.
3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from a header file that is part of the
Library. You may convey such object code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, or small macros,
inline functions and templates (ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the Library is used in it and that the
Library and its use are covered by this License.
b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document.
4. Combined Works.
You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, taken together, effectively do not
restrict modification of the portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that the Library is used in it and that the
Library and its use are covered by this License.
b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document.
c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during execution, include the copyright notice
for the Library among these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the copies of the GNU
GPL and this license document.
d) Do one of the following:
0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, and the Corresponding
Application Code in a form suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to recombine or relink the
Application with a modified version of the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding Source.
1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that
(a) uses at run time a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer system, and (b) will
operate properly with a modified version of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
Version.
e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise be required to provide such information
under section 6 of the GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is necessary to install and
execute a modified version of the Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the Application
with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must
accompany the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application Code. If you use option
4d1, you must provide the Installation Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
for conveying Corresponding Source.)
5. Combined Libraries.
3.10.3
53
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library
together with other library facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this License, and
convey such a combined library under terms of your choice, if you do both of the following:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with
any other library facilities, conveyed under the terms of this License.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it is a work based on the Library, and
explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU Lesser General
Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but
may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library as you received it specifies that a
certain numbered version of the GNU Lesser General Public License “or any later version” applies to it,
you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that published version or of any later
version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you received it does not specify a
version number of the GNU Lesser General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU
Lesser General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide whether future versions of the GNU
Lesser General Public License shall apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the Library.
6.9
HMAC, SHA1 & SHA2
Components: Source Code
Description: Hash functions
Notices:
LICENSE TERMS
Copyright (c) 2002, Dr Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved.
The free distribution and use of this software in both source and binary form is allowed (with or
without changes) provided that:
1. distributions of this source code include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer;
2. distributions in binary form include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other associated materials;
3. the copyright holder's name is not used to endorse products built using this software without
specific written permission.
ALTERNATIVELY, provided that this notice is retained in full, this product may be distributed
under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), in which case the provisions of the
GPL apply INSTEAD OF those given above.
DISCLAIMER
54
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
This software is provided 'as is' with no explicit or implied warranties in respect of its properties,
including, but not limited to, correctness and/or fitness for purpose.
6.10
libcroco
Components: croco library
Description: A CSS parsing library
Notices:
Source code is available from https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/libcroco
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
your libraries, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
3.10.3
55
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
free use or not licensed at all.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
the same as in the ordinary license.
56
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
treats it as such.
Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
will lead to faster development of free libraries.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
works together with the library.
Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
General Public License rather than by this special one.
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
3.10.3
57
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
58
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
3.10.3
59
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
60
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
3.10.3
61
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
62
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
3.10.3
63
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
64
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
3.10.3
65
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
66
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!
3.10.3
67
Third Party License Notices
6.11
Third Party License Notices
libfdt
Components: fdt library
Description: Flat Device Tree manipulation
(https://github.com/dgibson/dtc/tree/master/libfdt)
Notices:
libfdt - Flat Device Tree manipulation
Copyright (C) 2006 David Gibson, IBM Corporation.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
6.12
libiconv
Components: libiconv 1.14
Description: text encoding conversion libraries
Notices:
Source code is available from https://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright © 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
68
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the
version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it.
By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share
and change free software—to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software
—typically libraries—of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.
You can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the
ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on
the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General
Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free
software (and charge for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if
you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and
that you are informed that you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these
rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain
responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the
recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to
the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library
and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you
this license, which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free
library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should
know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author’s reputation will
not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish
to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining
a restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for
a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public
License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License, applies to certain designated
3.10.3
69
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for
certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the
combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library.
The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination
fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking
other code with the library.
We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the
user’s freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software
developers Less of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are
the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser
license provides advantages in certain special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible
use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free
programs must be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the
same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free
library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater
number of people to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU
C Library in non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating
system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users’ freedom, it does
ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the
wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close
attention to the difference between a “work based on the library” and a “work that uses the
library”. The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined
with the library in order to run.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice
placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the
terms of this Lesser General Public License (also called “this License”). Each licensee is
addressed as “you”.
A “library” means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be
conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to
form executables.
The “Library”, below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under
these terms. A “work based on the Library” means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or
with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter,
translation is included without limitation in the term “modification”.)
“Source code” for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For
a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
70
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation
of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they
are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output
from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library
(independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on
what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does.
You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library’s complete source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each
copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that
refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License
along with the Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option
offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
The modified work must itself be a software library.
You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files
and the date of any change.
You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the
terms of this License.
If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an
application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is
invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does
not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its
purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely welldefined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any applicationsupplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not
supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work
are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate
works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you
distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole
which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this
License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and
every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written
entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
3.10.3
71
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a
work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this
License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this
License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to
this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has
appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change
in these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU
General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that
copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is
not a library.
You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object
code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you
accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for
software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then
offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the
requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy
the source along with the object code.
A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with
the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a “work that uses the Library”. Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of
this License.
However, linking a “work that uses the Library” with the Library creates an executable that is a
derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a “work that
uses the library”. The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for
distribution of such executables.
When a “work that uses the Library” uses material from a header file that is part of the Library,
the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code
is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library,
or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and
small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing
this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the
work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section
6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a “work that uses the
Library” with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that
72
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the
customer’s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that
the Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If
the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for
the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License.
Also, you must do one of these things:
Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the
Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the
complete machine-readable “work that uses the Library”, as object code and/or source code, so
that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing
the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files
in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified
definitions.)
Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is
one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user’s computer
system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly
with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the
materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing
this distribution.
If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer
equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place.
Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent
this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the “work that uses the Library” must include any data
and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special
exception, the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed
(in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary
libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you
cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single
library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a
combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of
the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library,
uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
3.10.3
73
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the
Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have
their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions
are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Library (or any work based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works
based on it.
Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify
the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions
on the recipients’ exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing
compliance by third parties with this License.
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you
from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your
obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royaltyfree redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you,
then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from
distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance,
the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply
in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right
claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting
the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license
practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software
distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to
the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system
and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the
rest of this License.
If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or
by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that
distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this
License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
74
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General
Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present
version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and “any later version”, you have the option of following the terms
and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any
version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software
which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation;
we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of
preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and
reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE LIBRARY “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR
LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO
OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY
HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
6.13
libmpc3
Components: libmpc3 1.0.3
Description: multiple precision complex floating-point library
Notices:
Source code is available from https://packages.debian.org/source/sid/mpclib3
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright © 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
3.10.3
75
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the
version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it.
By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share
and change free software—to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software
—typically libraries—of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.
You can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the
ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on
the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General
Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free
software (and charge for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if
you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and
that you are informed that you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these
rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain
responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the
recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to
the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library
and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you
this license, which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free
library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should
know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author’s reputation will
not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish
to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining
a restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for
a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public
License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License, applies to certain designated
76
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for
certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the
combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library.
The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination
fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking
other code with the library.
We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the
user’s freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software
developers Less of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are
the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser
license provides advantages in certain special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible
use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free
programs must be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the
same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free
library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater
number of people to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU
C Library in non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating
system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users’ freedom, it does
ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the
wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close
attention to the difference between a “work based on the library” and a “work that uses the
library”. The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined
with the library in order to run.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice
placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the
terms of this Lesser General Public License (also called “this License”). Each licensee is
addressed as “you”.
A “library” means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be
conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to
form executables.
The “Library”, below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under
these terms. A “work based on the Library” means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or
with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter,
translation is included without limitation in the term “modification”.)
“Source code” for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For
a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
3.10.3
77
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation
of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they
are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output
from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library
(independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on
what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does.
You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library’s complete source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each
copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that
refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License
along with the Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option
offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
The modified work must itself be a software library.
You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files
and the date of any change.
You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the
terms of this License.
If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an
application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is
invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does
not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its
purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely welldefined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any applicationsupplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not
supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work
are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate
works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you
distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole
which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this
License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and
every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written
entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
78
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a
work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this
License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this
License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to
this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has
appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change
in these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU
General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that
copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is
not a library.
You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object
code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you
accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for
software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then
offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the
requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy
the source along with the object code.
A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with
the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a “work that uses the Library”. Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of
this License.
However, linking a “work that uses the Library” with the Library creates an executable that is a
derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a “work that
uses the library”. The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for
distribution of such executables.
When a “work that uses the Library” uses material from a header file that is part of the Library,
the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code
is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library,
or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and
small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing
this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the
work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section
6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a “work that uses the
Library” with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that
3.10.3
79
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the
customer’s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that
the Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If
the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for
the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License.
Also, you must do one of these things:
Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the
Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the
complete machine-readable “work that uses the Library”, as object code and/or source code, so
that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing
the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files
in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified
definitions.)
Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is
one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user’s computer
system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly
with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the
materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing
this distribution.
If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer
equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place.
Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent
this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the “work that uses the Library” must include any data
and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special
exception, the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed
(in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary
libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you
cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single
library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a
combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of
the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library,
uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
80
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the
Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have
their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions
are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Library (or any work based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works
based on it.
Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify
the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions
on the recipients’ exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing
compliance by third parties with this License.
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you
from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your
obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royaltyfree redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you,
then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from
distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance,
the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply
in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right
claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting
the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license
practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software
distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to
the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system
and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the
rest of this License.
If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or
by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that
distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this
License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
3.10.3
81
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General
Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present
version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and “any later version”, you have the option of following the terms
and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any
version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software
which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation;
we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of
preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and
reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE LIBRARY “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR
LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO
OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY
HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
6.14
liborcus
Components: orcus library
Description: Source code is available from https://gitlab.com/orcus/orcus
Notices:
Mozilla Public License Version 2.0
==================================
1. Definitions
--------------
82
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
1.1. "Contributor"
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to
the creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. "Contributor Version"
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used
by a Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
1.3. "Contribution"
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. "Covered Software"
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached
the notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code
Form, and Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case
including portions thereof.
1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
means
(a) that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described
in Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
(b) that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the
terms of a Secondary License.
1.6. "Executable Form"
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. "Larger Work"
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in
a separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. "License"
means this document.
1.9. "Licensable"
3.10.3
83
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible,
whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and
all of the rights conveyed by this License.
1.10. "Modifications"
means any of the following:
(a) any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered
Software; or
(b) any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered
Software.
1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the
License, by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having
made, import, or transfer of either its Contributions or its
Contributor Version.
1.12. "Secondary License"
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU
Lesser General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General
Public License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those
licenses.
1.13. "Source Code Form"
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. "You" (or "Your")
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that
controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with You. For
purposes of this definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct
or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity,
whether by contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than
84
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares or beneficial
ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
-------------------------------2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
(a) under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
as part of a Larger Work; and
(b) under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer
for sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
Contributions or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
distributes such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
Contributor:
(a) for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software;
or
3.10.3
85
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
(b) for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
(c) under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
its Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights
to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted
in Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
-------------------
86
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
(a) such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code
Form, as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of
the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code
Form by reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more
than the cost of distribution to the recipient; and
(b) You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter
the recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
License(s).
3.10.3
87
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
(including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty,
or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of
the Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to
the extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
--------------------------------------------------If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this
License with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to
statute, judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with
the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b)
describe the limitations and the code they affect. Such description must
be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered
Software under this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute
or regulation, such description must be sufficiently detailed for a
recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it.
5. Termination
--------------
88
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically
if You fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become
compliant, then the rights granted under this License from a particular
Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such
Contributor explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an
ongoing basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the
non-compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have
come back into compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular
Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor
notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the
first time You have received notice of non-compliance with this License
from such Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after
Your receipt of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
2.1 of this License shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all
end user license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which
have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License
prior to termination shall survive termination.
************************************************************************
*
*
* 6. Disclaimer of Warranty
*
* -------------------------
*
*
*
* Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is"
*
* basis, without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or *
* statutory, including, without limitation, warranties that the
*
* Covered Software is free of defects, merchantable, fit for a
*
* particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire risk as to the
*
* quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
* Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You
3.10.3
*
*
89
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
* (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, *
* repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an *
* essential part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is *
* authorized under this License except under this disclaimer.
*
*
*
************************************************************************
************************************************************************
*
*
* 7. Limitation of Liability
*
* --------------------------
*
*
*
* Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort
* (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any
*
*
* Contributor, or anyone who distributes Covered Software as
*
* permitted above, be liable to You for any direct, indirect,
*
* special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character
* including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
*
*
* goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any
*
* and all other commercial damages or losses, even if such party
*
* shall have been informed of the possibility of such damages. This *
* limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or *
* personal injury resulting from such party's negligence to the
*
* extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. Some
*
* jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
*
* incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and
* limitation may not apply to You.
*
*
*
*
************************************************************************
8. Litigation
------------Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the
courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal
place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions.
Nothing in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring
90
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
cross-claims or counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
---------------This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides
that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter
shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
--------------------------10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
such modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
3.10.3
91
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Licenses
If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
------------------------------------------This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular
file, then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE
file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look
for such a notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
--------------------------------------------------------This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as
defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
6.15
libtiff
Components: libtiff 3.3
Description: TIFF Library and Utilities
Notices:
Source code is available from http://www.libtiff.org/
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer.
92
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with
the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
6.16
libtool
Components: libtool 2.4
Description: The GNU Portable Library Tool
Notices:
Source code is available from https://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By
contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License
applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors
commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library
General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software
(and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that
you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do
these things.
3.10.3
93
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to
ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give
the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license
which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed
on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems
introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger
that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for
everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the
copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
"Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means
either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the
Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each
licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are
outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been
made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in
any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of
this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer
warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
94
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and
the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is
derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when
started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement
including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that
you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and
telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to
print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are
not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them
as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose
permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless
of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by
you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective
works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a
work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code
or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the
following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software
interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a
charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-
3.10.3
95
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and
2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source
code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the
program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.
For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains,
plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and
installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs,
unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along
with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided
under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have
received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works
based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients'
exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third
parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from
the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute
the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the
96
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you
could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the
balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims
or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of
the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in
reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is
willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of
this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by
copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may
add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the
limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If
the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever
published by the Free Software Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted
by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make
exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
3.10.3
97
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR
CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY
MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR
A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN
IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
6.17
make
Components: make 3.82
Description: GNU Make is a tool which controls the generation of executables and other nonsource files of a program from the program's source files.
Notices:
Source code is available from https://www.gnu.org/software/make/
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By
contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License
applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors
commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library
General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software
98
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
(and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that
you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to
ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give
the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license
which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed
on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems
introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger
that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for
everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the
copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
"Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means
either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the
Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each
licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are
outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been
made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in
any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of
this License along with the Program.
3.10.3
99
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer
warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and
the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is
derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when
started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement
including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that
you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and
telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to
print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are
not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them
as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose
permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless
of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by
you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective
works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a
work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code
or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the
following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software
interchange; or,
100
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a
charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machinereadable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and
2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source
code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the
program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.
For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains,
plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and
installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs,
unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along
with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided
under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have
received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works
based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients'
exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third
parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from
the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute
3.10.3
101
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the
Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you
could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the
balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims
or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of
the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in
reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is
willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of
this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by
copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may
add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the
limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If
the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever
published by the Free Software Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted
by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make
exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
102
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR
CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY
MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR
A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN
IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
6.18
mpfr
Components: mpfr 2.4.1, mpfr 3.1.5
Description: GNU MPFR Library
Notices:
Source code is available from https://www.mpfr.org/
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright © 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the
version number 2.1.]
Preamble
3.10.3
103
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it.
By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share
and change free software—to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software
—typically libraries—of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.
You can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the
ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on
the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General
Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free
software (and charge for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if
you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and
that you are informed that you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these
rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain
responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the
recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to
the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library
and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you
this license, which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free
library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should
know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author’s reputation will
not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish
to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining
a restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for
a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public
License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License, applies to certain designated
libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for
certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the
combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library.
The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination
fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking
other code with the library.
We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the
user’s freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software
developers Less of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are
the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser
license provides advantages in certain special circumstances.
104
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible
use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free
programs must be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the
same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free
library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater
number of people to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU
C Library in non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating
system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users’ freedom, it does
ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the
wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close
attention to the difference between a “work based on the library” and a “work that uses the
library”. The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined
with the library in order to run.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice
placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the
terms of this Lesser General Public License (also called “this License”). Each licensee is
addressed as “you”.
A “library” means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be
conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to
form executables.
The “Library”, below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under
these terms. A “work based on the Library” means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or
with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter,
translation is included without limitation in the term “modification”.)
“Source code” for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For
a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation
of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they
are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output
from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library
(independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on
what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does.
You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library’s complete source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each
copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that
refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License
along with the Library.
3.10.3
105
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option
offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
The modified work must itself be a software library.
You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files
and the date of any change.
You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the
terms of this License.
If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an
application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is
invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does
not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its
purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely welldefined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any applicationsupplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not
supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work
are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate
works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you
distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole
which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this
License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and
every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written
entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a
work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this
License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this
License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to
this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has
appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change
in these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU
General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that
copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is
not a library.
106
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object
code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you
accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for
software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then
offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the
requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy
the source along with the object code.
A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with
the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a “work that uses the Library”. Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of
this License.
However, linking a “work that uses the Library” with the Library creates an executable that is a
derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a “work that
uses the library”. The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for
distribution of such executables.
When a “work that uses the Library” uses material from a header file that is part of the Library,
the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code
is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library,
or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and
small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing
this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the
work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section
6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a “work that uses the
Library” with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that
work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the
customer’s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that
the Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If
the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for
the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License.
Also, you must do one of these things:
Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the
Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the
complete machine-readable “work that uses the Library”, as object code and/or source code, so
that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing
the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files
in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified
definitions.)
3.10.3
107
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is
one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user’s computer
system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly
with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the
materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing
this distribution.
If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer
equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place.
Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent
this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the “work that uses the Library” must include any data
and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special
exception, the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed
(in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary
libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you
cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single
library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a
combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of
the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library,
uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the
Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have
their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions
are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Library (or any work based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works
based on it.
Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify
the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions
108
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
on the recipients’ exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing
compliance by third parties with this License.
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you
from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your
obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royaltyfree redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you,
then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from
distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance,
the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply
in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right
claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting
the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license
practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software
distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to
the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system
and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the
rest of this License.
If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or
by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that
distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this
License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General
Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present
version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and “any later version”, you have the option of following the terms
and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any
version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software
which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation;
we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of
preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and
reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
3.10.3
109
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE LIBRARY “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR
LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO
OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY
HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
6.19
Mpfr
Components: mpfr
Description: Source code is available at https://www.mpfr.org/
Notices:
C library for multiple-precision floating-point computations
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright © 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is
not allowed.
This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates the terms and conditions of version
3 of the GNU General Public License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
0. Additional Definitions.
As used herein, “this License” refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser General Public License, and the
“GNU GPL” refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
“The Library” refers to a covered work governed by this License, other than an Application or a Combined
Work as defined below.
An “Application” is any work that makes use of an interface provided by the Library, but which is not
otherwise based on the Library. Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
of using an interface provided by the Library.
A “Combined Work” is a work produced by combining or linking an Application with the Library. The
particular version of the Library with which the Combined Work was made is also called the “Linked
Version”.
The “Minimal Corresponding Source” for a Combined Work means the Corresponding Source for the
Combined Work, excluding any source code for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in
isolation, are based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
110
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The “Corresponding Application Code” for a Combined Work means the object code and/or source code
for the Application, including any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work
from the Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License without being bound by section 3
of the GNU GPL.
2. Conveying Modified Versions.
If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a facility refers to a function or data to be
supplied by an Application that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the facility is
invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified version:
a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an
Application does not supply the function or data, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful, or
b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of this License applicable to that copy.
3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from a header file that is part of the
Library. You may convey such object code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, or small macros,
inline functions and templates (ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the Library is used in it and that the
Library and its use are covered by this License.
b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document.
4. Combined Works.
You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, taken together, effectively do not
restrict modification of the portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that the Library is used in it and that the
Library and its use are covered by this License.
b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document.
c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during execution, include the copyright notice
for the Library among these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the copies of the GNU
GPL and this license document.
d) Do one of the following:
0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, and the Corresponding
Application Code in a form suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to recombine or relink the
Application with a modified version of the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding Source.
1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that
(a) uses at run time a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer system, and (b) will
operate properly with a modified version of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
Version.
e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise be required to provide such information
under section 6 of the GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is necessary to install and
execute a modified version of the Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the Application
with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must
accompany the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application Code. If you use option
3.10.3
111
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
4d1, you must provide the Installation Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
for conveying Corresponding Source.)
5. Combined Libraries.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library
together with other library facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this License, and
convey such a combined library under terms of your choice, if you do both of the following:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with
any other library facilities, conveyed under the terms of this License.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it is a work based on the Library, and
explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU Lesser General
Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but
may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library as you received it specifies that a
certain numbered version of the GNU Lesser General Public License “or any later version” applies to it,
you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that published version or of any later
version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you received it does not specify a
version number of the GNU Lesser General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU
Lesser General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide whether future versions of the GNU
Lesser General Public License shall apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the Library.
6.20
newlib
Components: newlib 1.20.0
Description: Newlib is a C library intended for use on embedded systems.
Notices:
Source code is available from https://sourceware.org/newlib/
The newlib subdirectory is a collection of software from several sources.
Each file may have its own copyright/license that is embedded in the
source
file. Unless otherwise noted in the body of the source file(s), the
following copyright
notices will apply to the contents of the newlib subdirectory:
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009
Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use,
modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions
of the BSD License.
112
This program is distributed in the hope that
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied,
including the implied warranties of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are
incorporated in the source code or documentation are not subject to
the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT
3.10.3
113
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(3) David M. Gay (AT&T 1991, Lucent 1998)
The author of this software is David M. Gay.
Copyright (c) 1991 by AT&T.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice
is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy
or modification of this software and in all copies of the supporting
documentation for such software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR AT&T MAKES ANY
REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY
OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
The author of this software is David M. Gay.
Copyright (C) 1998-2001 by Lucent Technologies
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of Lucent or any of its entities
114
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific, written prior
permission.
LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
IN NO EVENT SHALL LUCENT OR ANY OF ITS ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF
THIS SOFTWARE.
(4) Advanced Micro Devices
Copyright 1989, 1990 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
This software is the property of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc
specifically
(AMD)
which
grants the user the right to modify, use and distribute this
software provided this notice is not removed or altered.
All other rights
are reserved by AMD.
AMD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL AMD BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING FROM THE FURNISHING, PERFORMANCE, OR
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
So that all may benefit from your experience, please report
or
any
problems
suggestions about this software to the 29K Technical Support Center at
800-29-29-AMD (800-292-9263) in the USA, or 0800-89-1131
0031-11-1129 in Japan, toll free.
in
the
UK,
or
The direct dial number is 512-462-4118.
Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
29K Support Products
Mail Stop 573
5900 E. Ben White Blvd.
Austin, TX 78741
3.10.3
115
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
800-292-9263
(5)
(6)
(7) Sun Microsystems
Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Developed at SunPro, a Sun Microsystems, Inc. business.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
software is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved.
(8) Hewlett Packard
(c) Copyright 1986 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
To anyone who acknowledges that this file is provided "AS IS"
without any express or implied warranty:
permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this file
for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice and this notice appears in all
copies, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard Company not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
of the software without specific, written prior permission.
Hewlett-Packard Company makes no representations about the
suitability of this software for any purpose.
(9) Hans-Peter Nilsson
Copyright (C) 2001 Hans-Peter Nilsson
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software is
freely granted, provided that the above copyright notice, this notice
and the following disclaimer are preserved with no changes.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
116
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
(10) Stephane Carrez (m68hc11-elf/m68hc12-elf targets only)
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Stephane Carrez (stcarrez@nerim.fr)
The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
they apply.
(11) Christopher G. Demetriou
Copyright (c) 2001 Christopher G. Demetriou
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
3.10.3
117
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(12) SuperH, Inc.
Copyright 2002 SuperH, Inc. All rights reserved
This software is the property of SuperH, Inc (SuperH) which specifically
grants the user the right to modify, use and distribute this software
provided this notice is not removed or altered.
All other rights are
reserved by SuperH.
SUPERH MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD TO
THIS SOFTWARE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL SUPERH BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING FROM
THE FURNISHING, PERFORMANCE, OR USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
So that all may benefit from your experience, please report any problems
or suggestions about this software to the SuperH Support Center via
e-mail at softwaresupport@superh.com .
SuperH, Inc.
405 River Oaks Parkway
San Jose
CA 95134
USA
(13) Royal Institute of Technology
Copyright (c) 1999 Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan
(Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden).
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
118
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of KTH nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY KTH AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL KTH OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(14) Alexey Zelkin
Copyright (c) 2000, 2001 Alexey Zelkin <phantom@FreeBSD.org>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
3.10.3
119
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(15) Andrey A. Chernov
Copyright (C) 1997 by Andrey A. Chernov, Moscow, Russia.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
120
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
SUCH DAMAGE.
(16) FreeBSD
Copyright (c) 1997-2002 FreeBSD Project.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(17) S. L. Moshier
Author:
S. L. Moshier.
Copyright (c) 1984,2000 S.L. Moshier
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice
is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy
or modification of this software and in all copies of the supporting
3.10.3
121
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
documentation for such software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR,
THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION
OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS
SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(18) Citrus Project
Copyright (c)1999 Citrus Project,
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(19) Todd C. Miller
Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
All rights reserved.
122
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(20) DJ Delorie (i386)
Copyright (C) 1991 DJ Delorie
All rights reserved.
Redistribution, modification, and use in source and binary forms is
permitted
provided that the above copyright notice and following paragraph are
duplicated in all such forms.
This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(21) Free Software Foundation LGPL License (*-linux* targets only)
Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000, 2001
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Mark Kettenis <kettenis@phys.uva.nl>, 1997.
3.10.3
123
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
02110-1301 USA.
(22) Xavier Leroy LGPL License (i[3456]86-*-linux* targets only)
Copyright (C) 1996 Xavier Leroy (Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr)
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the
GNU Library General Public License for more details.
(23) Intel (i960)
Copyright (c) 1993 Intel Corporation
Intel hereby grants you permission to copy, modify, and distribute this
software and its documentation.
Intel grants this permission provided
that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both the
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
124
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
documentation.
Third Party License Notices
In addition, Intel grants this permission provided that
you prominently mark as "not part of the original" any modifications
made to this software or documentation, and that the name of Intel
Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software or the documentation without specific,
written prior permission.
Intel Corporation provides this AS IS, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY
OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Intel makes no guarantee or
representations regarding the use of, or the results of the use of,
the software and documentation in terms of correctness, accuracy,
reliability, currentness, or otherwise; and you rely on the software,
documentation and results solely at your own risk.
IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF BUSINESS,
LOSS OF PROFITS, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
OF ANY KIND.
IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL'S TOTAL LIABILITY EXCEED THE SUM
PAID TO INTEL FOR THE PRODUCT LICENSED HEREUNDER.
(24) Hewlett-Packard
(hppa targets only)
(c) Copyright 1986 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
To anyone who acknowledges that this file is provided "AS IS"
without any express or implied warranty:
permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this file
for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice and this notice appears in all
copies, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard Company not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
of the software without specific, written prior permission.
Hewlett-Packard Company makes no representations about the
suitability of this software for any purpose.
(25) Henry Spencer (only *-linux targets)
Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 Henry Spencer.
3.10.3
All rights reserved.
125
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
This software is not subject to any license of the American Telephone
and Telegraph Company or of the Regents of the University of California.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose on
any computer system, and to alter it and redistribute it, subject
to the following restrictions:
1. The author is not responsible for the consequences of use of this
software, no matter how awful, even if they arise from flaws in it.
2. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented, either by
explicit claim or by omission.
Since few users ever read sources,
credits must appear in the documentation.
3. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
Since few users
ever read sources, credits must appear in the documentation.
4. This notice may not be removed or altered.
(26) Mike Barcroft
Copyright (c) 2001 Mike Barcroft <mike@FreeBSD.org>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
126
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(27) Konstantin Chuguev (--enable-newlib-iconv)
Copyright (c) 1999, 2000
Konstantin Chuguev.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
iconv (Charset Conversion Library) v2.0
(28) Artem Bityuckiy (--enable-newlib-iconv)
3.10.3
127
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Copyright (c) 2003, Artem B. Bityuckiy, SoftMine Corporation.
Rights transferred to Franklin Electronic Publishers.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(29) IBM, Sony, Toshiba (only spu-* targets)
(C) Copyright 2001,2006,
International Business Machines Corporation,
Sony Computer Entertainment, Incorporated,
Toshiba Corporation,
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice,
128
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of their
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this
software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(30) - Alex Tatmanjants (targets using libc/posix)
Copyright (c) 1995 Alex Tatmanjants <alex@elvisti.kiev.ua>
at Electronni Visti IA, Kiev, Ukraine.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND
3.10.3
129
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(31) - M. Warner Losh (targets using libc/posix)
Copyright (c) 1998, M. Warner Losh <imp@freebsd.org>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
130
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(32) - Andrey A. Chernov (targets using libc/posix)
Copyright (C) 1996 by Andrey A. Chernov, Moscow, Russia.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(33) - Daniel Eischen (targets using libc/posix)
Copyright (c) 2001 Daniel Eischen <deischen@FreeBSD.org>.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
3.10.3
131
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(34) - Jon Beniston (only lm32-* targets)
Contributed by Jon Beniston <jon@beniston.com>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
132
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(35) - ARM Ltd (arm and thumb variant targets only)
Copyright (c) 2009 ARM Ltd
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the company may not be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ARM LTD ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL ARM LTD BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
3.10.3
133
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
(36) - Xilinx, Inc. (microblaze-* and powerpc-* targets)
Copyright (c) 2004, 2009 Xilinx, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1.
Redistributions source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3.
Neither the name of Xilinx nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(37) Texas Instruments Incorporated (tic6x-*, *-tirtos targets)
Copyright (c) 1996-2010,2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated
http://www.ti.com/
Redistribution and
134
use in source
and binary forms, with
or without
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
modification,
are permitted provided
that the
following conditions
are met:
Redistributions
of source
code must
retain the
above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form
notice, this
the
must reproduce the above copyright
list of conditions
documentation
and/or
and the following
other
materials
disclaimer in
provided
with
the
distribution.
Neither the
name of Texas Instruments Incorporated
of its
contributors may
derived
from
this
be used to
software
endorse or
without
nor the names
promote products
specific
prior
written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE
"AS IS"
IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT
AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY,
OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT
NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(38) National Semiconductor (cr16-* and crx-* targets)
Copyright (c) 2004 National Semiconductor Corporation
The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
3.10.3
135
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
they apply.
(39) - Adapteva, Inc. (epiphany-* targets)
Copyright (c) 2011, Adapteva, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Adapteva nor the names of its contributors may be
used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
136
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
(40) - Altera Corportion (nios2-* targets)
Copyright (c) 2003 Altera Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
o Neither the name of Altera Corporation nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ALTERA CORPORATION, THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER,
AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(41) Ed Schouten - Free BSD
Copyright (c) 2008 Ed Schouten <ed@FreeBSD.org>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
3.10.3
137
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
6.21
OpenSSL
Components: openssl 1.02 source code
Description: Cryptography and SSL/TLS Toolkit
Notices:
LICENSE ISSUES
==============
The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a double license, i.e. both the
conditions of
the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit.
See below for the actual license texts.
OpenSSL License
---------------
/* ====================================================================
* Copyright (c) 1998-2019 The OpenSSL Project.
All rights reserved.
*
138
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
*
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
*
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
*
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
*
the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
*
distribution.
*
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
*
software must display the following acknowledgment:
*
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
*
for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
*
* 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
*
endorse or promote products derived from this software without
*
prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
*
openssl-core@openssl.org.
*
* 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
*
nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
*
permission of the OpenSSL Project.
*
* 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
*
acknowledgment:
*
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
*
for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
* EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
* PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
* ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
3.10.3
139
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
* STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
* ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
* OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
* ====================================================================
*
* This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
* (eay@cryptsoft.com).
This product includes software written by Tim
* Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
*
*/
Original SSLeay License
-----------------------
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
* All rights reserved.
*
* This package is an SSL implementation written
* by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
* The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
*
* This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
* the following conditions are aheared to.
The following conditions
* apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
* lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.
The SSL documentation
* included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
* except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
*
* Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
* the code are not to be removed.
* If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given
attribution
* as the author of the parts of the library used.
* This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
* in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
140
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
*
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
*
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
*
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
*
must display the following acknowledgement:
*
"This product includes cryptographic software written by
*
Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
*
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the
library
*
being used are not cryptographic related :-).
* 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof)
from
*
the apps directory (application code) you must include an
acknowledgement:
*
"This product includes software written by Tim Hudson
(tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version
or
* derivative of this code cannot be changed.
be
3.10.3
i.e. this code cannot simply
141
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
* copied and put under another distribution licence
* [including the GNU Public Licence.]
*/
6.22
readline
Components: readline
Description: The GNU Readline Library
Notices:
Source code is available from https://tiswww.case.edu/php/chet/readline/rltop.html
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By
contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License
applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors
commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library
General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software
(and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that
you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to
ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give
the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license
which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed
142
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems
introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger
that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for
everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the
copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
"Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means
either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the
Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each
licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are
outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been
made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in
any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of
this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer
warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and
the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is
derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when
started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement
3.10.3
143
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that
you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and
telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to
print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are
not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them
as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose
permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless
of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by
you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective
works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a
work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code
or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the
following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software
interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a
charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machinereadable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and
2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source
code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the
program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.
For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains,
plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and
installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs,
unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
144
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along
with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided
under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have
received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works
based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients'
exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third
parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from
the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute
the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the
Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you
could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the
balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims
or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of
the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in
reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is
willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of
this License.
3.10.3
145
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by
copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may
add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the
limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If
the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever
published by the Free Software Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted
by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make
exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR
CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY
MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR
A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN
IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
146
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
6.23
Third Party License Notices
U-Boot
Components: Source code
Description: U-Boot - the Universal Boot Loader
Notices:
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By
contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License
applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors
commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library
General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software
(and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that
you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to
ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give
the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license
which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed
on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems
introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
3.10.3
147
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger
that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for
everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the
copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
"Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means
either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the
Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each
licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are
outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been
made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in
any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of
this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer
warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work
based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and
the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is
derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when
started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement
including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that
you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and
telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
148
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to
print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are
not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them
as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose
permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless
of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by
you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective
works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a
work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the
other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code
or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the
following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software
interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a
charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machinereadable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and
2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source
code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the
program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.
For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains,
plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and
installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs,
unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
3.10.3
149
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along
with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided
under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have
received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else
grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the
Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works
based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient
automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients'
exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third
parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from
the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute
the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the
Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you
could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the
balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims
or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of
the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in
reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is
willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of
this License.
150
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by
copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may
add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the
limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of
this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If
the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever
published by the Free Software Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution
conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted
by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make
exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR
CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY
MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR
A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN
IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
3.10.3
151
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the
best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change
under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each
source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
One line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not,
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive
mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with
ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are
welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the
General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than
`show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your
program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a
"copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes
passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
152
3.10.3
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs.
If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary
applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public
License instead of this License.
6.24
U-Boot Patch (Coloured LED)
Components: Source Code
Description: [U-Boot] [PATCH 1/1] ARM: Add command to control coloured led from the
console
Notices:
(C) Copyright 2008
Ulf Samuelsson <ulf.samuels...@atmel.com>
See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
project.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
MA 02111-1307 USA
6.25
Wind River VxWorks Third Party Components
Description:
Notices:
3.10.3
Third party components provided by Wind River.
Can be found at:
153
Third Party License Notices
Third Party License Notices
· 64-bit systems: C:\Program Files (x86)\Schneider
Electric\RemoteConnect\Help\Wind River.pdf
· 32-bit systems: C:\Program Files\Schneider
Electric\RemoteConnect\Help\Wind River.pdf
154
3.10.3